G"

MATHEMATICAL
HANDBOOK
CONTAINING

THE

FORMULAS

CHIEF
CIRCULAR

OF

ALGEBRA,

TRIGONOMETRY,

HYPERBOLIC

AND

DIFFERENTIAL

FUNCTIONS,

AND

INTEGRAL

AND

CALCULUS,

CAL
ANALYTI-

GEOMETRY

TOGETHEB

WITH

MATHEMATICAL

TABLES

SELECTED

AND

ARRANGED

BY

EDWIN
FORMERLY

P.

SEAVER,

ASSISTANT

PROFESSOR

HARVARD

OF

LL.B.

MATHEMATICS

UNIVERSITY

YORK

NEW

McGRAW

A.M.,

PUBLISHING
1907

COMPANY

IN

\\v"nXv- ^"\"\

01

/
i

"

r\

sj

!X\*

X\S~

f \x,v%

Cw

1907,

COPYBIGHT,
BY

EDWIN

P.

SEAVEB

MASSACHUSETTS

WABAN,

Stanbope
r.

H.

QILIOH

BOSTON,

press

COMPANY
U.

S.

A.

PREFACE.

The

which

uses

pointed

out.

relating

to

his

"

as

table

of

the

the

The
much

receives

only

those

Tables

in

have

will
will

be
be

been

not

efforts

have

of

need

that

the

first

edition

from

that

promptly
additions

invited

with

to
a

view

has

been

more

include

not

those

Bodies

(v

the

of

of

bers,
Num-

2\/gh)

of

"

any

and
the
to

the

their

and
use

the

in

1907.

iii

persons
the

kind

probability
im-

should

publishers
be

may

detected

corrections

necessary

of

but
of

this

and

that

errors

published.
book

of

writer

and

reminded

book

correctness

secure

tables

be

The

of

to

of

Also,

suggestions

other

improvements

possible

future
E.

June,

now

"

the

not

received,

made

Analytic

Logarithms

and

error.

notice

on

which

like

some

spared

been

work

free

ments.
enlarge-

and

which

added,

Falling

formulas

the

revision

readily accessible.

such

thankfully

desirable

of

Velocity

referred
a

Functions,

Natural

the

it

Sections

Calculus,

formerly,

also

but

in

only add,

can

the

printing

absolutely

be

of

hitherto
no

experienced

are

of

been

course

the

have

Functions,
that

and

Of

than

whom

important
added

Hyperbolic

universally used,

Hyperbolic

that

of

its

to

suggested

been

and

found

often

was

with

Integral

attention

more

has

book

it

engineer,
it

struction
in-

purpose

of

copy

whom

have

its

part

for

syllabus

served

engineer

and

as

stray

by

there

subject

fully treated.

be

to

the

composed

civil

original

Differential

Geometry.

It
a

and

This

Accordingly
Algebra,

it

well-known

memory."
of

used

But

useful,

republication

and

writer

classes.

print.

constantly

proved
to

of

the

and

college

out

the

to

his

need

hardly

serve

may

ago

years

Trigonometry

went

way

book

'

Some

in
soon

this

P.

tions.
ediS.

CONTENTS.

FORMULAS

I.

OF

ALGEBRA.
PAGE

The

general

laws

algebra

ordinary

of

The

law

of

Association

The

law

of

Commutation

The

law

of

Distribution

Definitions

laws

and

Fractions

of

0, 1,

symbols,

the

and

oo
.

Ratios

and

Proportions

Powers

Products
The

and

Binomial

Factors

Theorem

8
9

Inequalities
Roots

10

Surds

11

The

Imaginary

Complex

Unit,

i,

its

and

12

powers

12

Numbers

Logarithms

14

Permutations

Combinations

and

16

17

Determinants

Quadratic

Equations

Equations

of

21

nth

the

Cubic

Equations:

Series

21

degree

Rule

Cardan's

23

Arithmetic

24

Geometric

24

Harmonic

25

Binomial

26

Exponential

27

Logarithmic

and

Interest

28

Annuities

and

Probabilities

n.

30

FORMULAS

OF

FUNCTIONS

CIRCULAR

AND

OF

TRIGONOMETRY.

Definitions

and

reference

with

General

The

to

definitions

Cardinal
fundamental

values

relations

fundamental

of

of

angle

relations

an

of

arc,

and

its

the

of

the

functions

31

angle

acute

angle,

of

and

of

their

functions

36

functions

functions

32

generalized

37

vi

CONTENTS
.

PAOB

Inverse

functions,

Values

functions

of

Formulas

certain

for

terms

of

each

of

40

and

negative

lines.

Positive

and

negative

angles

Functions

of
of

the

Functions

of

Functions

and

sum

the

Functions

sum

of

and

the

multiple

Functions

of

half

Expressions

Functions

of

cos-1

Relations

of

A=

A,

A
A

cos

a,

180"

180",

"

43

A=*a.

tan

a,

45

functions

45

angles

47
48

A,

sin

to

Values

A,

cos

to
the

of

arc

to

A,

tan

49

etc.

Angle

or

51
...

circular

inverse

the

x, tan-1

360", 360"-

angle

an

Periodic

of

43

A,

sin

equivalent

Equivalents

42

angles

two

43

A,A"

of

of

of

angles

90"

90",

products

difference

the

angle

equations

Functions

41
42

three

negative

270", 270"

"

Projections

of

of

A-]"

of

Solution
Sums

in

others

Positive

*39

angles

function

each

expressing
the

38

anti-functions

or

sin-1

functions

x,
52

x, etc
exponential,

circular,

and

logarithmic

tions
func-

54

General

Properties

Properties

of

plane

of

inscribed

quadrilateral

56

triangles
in

59

circle
.

Solutions
Special

plane

of

plane

for

60

triangles

right

formulas

triangles

right

in

extreme

61

cases

Solutions
General

properties

Solutions

spherical

of

spherical

of

62

triangles

oblique

plane

of

67

triangles

Solutions
Special

spherical

of
formulas

spherical

74

triangles

oblique

for

72

.*

triangles

right

triangles

right

in

extreme

82

cases

Accurate

computation

Uses

near

angles

of

of

0"

and

90".

near

and

83

HYPERBOLIC

m.

FUNCTIONS.

Definitions
Relations

85
functions

hyperbolic

of

to

one

87

other
....

Relations
the

Hyperbolic
Variations
Relations
The

addition

hyperbolic

between
same

and

circular

functions

of

88

variable

functions

of

Cardinal

and
between

hyperbolic
and

THEREFROM

subtraction

negative

88

variable

Values

'

and

trigonometric

formula

and

89

formulas
formulas

89

duced
de-

89

Vii

CONTENTS

PAGE

Hyperbolic

functions

Periodicity

of

Hyperbolic

anti-functions

of

90

variable

complex

91

functions

hyperbolic

as

expressed

91

logarithms
...

The

Gudermannian

function

DIFFERENTIAL

IV.

92

angle

and

INTEGRAL

AND

CALCULUS.

Limits

93

Definitions
Fundamental

93

notation

and

95

formulas

Differentials

integrals

and

Additional

integrals

Successive

the

of
simple

of

simpler

functions

of

96

102

form

104

differentiation

Taylor's

Theorem,

Circular

and

Theorem

Maclaurin's
functions

hyperbolic

105

expressed

in

106

series.
.

Bernoulli's

Euler's

and

Evaluation

109

forms

indeterminate

of

107

numbers

Partial

differential

Change

of

independent

Maxima

and

minima

Integration
rational

Of

irrational

Reduction

113
algebraic

algebraic

Miscellaneous
Definite

115

119

functions
the

for

integration,

trigonometric

the

114

functions

fractions

proper

formulas
of

112

variable

rational

of

Of

110

coeffcients

of

integral

124

functions

126

integrals

".

integrals

Approximate

Simpson's

integration.

Differential

equations

Homogeneous
Linear

ers
pow-

of

the

differential

128

Rule

129

order

131

first

132

equations

132

equations

differential

Differential

equations

Differential

equations

of

second

the

of

the

n**

133

order
order

with

constant

135

coefficients

Vo

The

point

and

the

Transformation
The

of

general

Special

equation

GEOMETRY.

ANALYTIC

straight

line

in

137

plane

142

coordinates
of

the

second

145

degree

148-160

formulas
~

for the

14"

Circle
.

for Conic

Sections

150

for the

Ellipse

151

for the

Hyperbola

152

for the

Parabola

154

Diameters

158

VlH

CONTENTS

General

properties

Tangents

curves

plane

of

paob

Normals

and

160-165

Curvature

165

Evolutes

166

Areas

167

Lengths

of

168

arcs

Envelopes

168

Pedal

169

curves

169

Trajectories
The

Cycloid

The

Epicycloid

The

Epitrochoid

The

Catenary

The

involute

and

173

Tractrix

174
175

circle

176

curves

Spiral

Archimedes

of

177
177

curves

Hyperbolic

177

Spiral

Logarithmic
The

171

Hypotrochoid

the

the

and

Hyperbolic
The

Hypocycloid

the

and

op

Parabolic
The

170

178

curves

Spiral

Logarithmic

178
,

The

Lemniscate,

wltch

the

folium,

llmacon,
Cubic

Trisectrix,

polar

Miscellaneous

rectangular

the

point,

the

the

curve,
the

the

Cartesian
179-181
181

equations

181

equations
and

line,

the

plane

in

182

space
.

of

The

general

The

straight

The

general

of

equation

equation

185

plane

188

space

in

line

184

coordinates

of

the

second

degree

in

three

191

variables

Transformation

of

Curved

surfaces

Curves

of

Helix

conchoid,

the

logocyclic

Cassini

of

straight

Transformation

The

Quadri-

Folium,

Quadratrix,

the

Ovals

Miscellaneous

The

agnesi,

of

folium,

the

Ovals,the

Descartes'

Cissoid,

the

double

the

general

equation

192

195
curvature

198
201

TABLES.
PAGE

I.

Roots

III.
IV.
V.

Squares,

of

from

II.

Square

Cubes,

Squares,

to

numbers

of

205-224
226-243

numbers

of
coefficients

Natural

Reciprocals

and

Cube

Roots,

1000

Logarithms
Binomial

Cube

Roots,

Factorials

and

244

Logarithms

Natural

trigonometric

VI.

Natural

Sines

VII.

Natural

Tangents

Natural

Secants

245-248
functions,

Cosines,

and

three

to
five

to

249

places

250-251

places
.

VIII.
IX.

Logarithms

Cotangents,

and

Cosecants,

and

five

to

Trigonometric

of

five

to

252-253

places

254-255

places

Functions,

to

five

256-260

places

X.
XI.

Arcs,

Xllla.

XlVa.

Vb.

Hyperbolic

the

Function

of

i (e"

"

e~

Logarithms
Values

266

Hyperbolic

the

Logarithms

Function

")

268
the

of

of

267

same

the

of

Values
u

264-265

of

Logarithms

Common

Common

Volumes

i(ea-e-")

Natural

XV6.

and

Circle

Values

Common

Natural

Circles

of

261

262-263
of

Natural

XVa.

Areas

and

Segments

Cosh
XI

and

Angles

Spheres

Sinhu
XIII6.

Tangents,

Circumferences
of

XII.

Sines,

Solid

Tanh
of

269

same

270

270

same

the

Constants

271

Weights

and

Gravitation

Measures
and

the

272-276
length

of

the

Seconds

dulum
Pen277

Table

of

Velocities

due

to

lx

Gravity

279

I.

SECTION

ALGEBRA.

The

The

I.

General

Laws

Common

of

Algebra.

of Association.

Law

a+b+

c="a

a+b
a

"

"

a"b

"

abc

(6+

c),

(b-

c),
c),

a"

(b

a"

(6

(be)

ox!itc
Cv6-f-c

(a")

c),
c,

cx

(6-5-c),

a.v

(6

c)

Av6xc

wherein
+

or

indirect

2*

the

of

concurrence

and

x;

sign

the
or

"

c)

-h

c)

JVi6 Law

c)

Me

signs
of

concurrence

the

gives

unlike

signs

Thus,

-*-.

c)

(6-f-c),

av

c)

c)-xc,

-s-

c)

c,

c,

+(

c,

c,

+(xc)-tc.

o/ Commutation.
a

a-6"=-6
a"

6 +

a,

a,

6a,

ax6xc-axcx6,
ax"vc

o-fcx",

o-f6xc

axc-f6.
1

-*-

c,

c,

direct

gives

sign
the

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

The

3.

For

Law

of

Distribution.

multiplication,
a(b+

c)

("a"b)x("c"d)
("b)

wherein

the

the

by

If

the

sign

sign
.

( + a)

(+

c)

c)

For

a)

determined

are

has

factors
with

with

like

unlike

signs,

signs,

it must
have

it must

="

ac,

(+

a)

ac,

a)

( + c)

c)

ac,

ac.

division,
("a"6)

with

the

If the

signs,

("c)-+("a)

following
dividend

the

signs, it

( + a)

( + c)

a)

Otherwise

c)

of

divisor

must

have

must

the

cannot

they

sign

( + a)

(a

c),

+(-fl)

this law

"I-

"

be

Thus,

-s-

( + c)

c)

is

for signs; that

sign

."a,"b

"(77)-?

divisor

; if

the

c),

rule

have

-s-

"c

\"

like

(a

expressed,

same

have

"i

the

partial quotient

"a"b

with

("c),

rule for signs:

and

("c)+("6)

partial quotient

unlike

have

The

ad"6c""d,

="ac"

Thus,

("a)x("cf)

partial product

; if factors

ac,

rule:

partial product
the

("d)

each

of

signs

following

have

("6)

+("a)x("c)

("c)

ab

distributed.

"c

is,

+(^)-v
I

4-

/"

(a

"*"

c)

-(flrc).

ALGEBRA

Definitions

of the

Laws

and

0, 1, and
0

4.

"6+0

a-a-*-a

oo.

l"Xa-*-a"-*-axa,

a,

*axl

=-"6-0,

Ox("6)=("6)xO

0,

("6)-0,

+6-0

of
A

If

cc,

00

x("6)

00

+("6)-"oo,

("6)xoo

to

represent

quantity,
xB

If

-^-"

If

-^2?

either

0,

both

or

and

"

and

is not

0, then

and

is not

0, then

Oxoo,

O-i-0

in

cases

Equivalent

or

of

-s-

determine

to

arise.

they

Ratios.

and

notation,

"

a/6.

7.

Addition

of

fractions,
a

8.

Subtraction

d~

'

bd

of fractions.

Multiplication

-~

'

d"

6d

of fractions,
a

be

"d

9.

be

ad+

jc

and

"

00"00

which

forms

0.

00

Fractions

6.

0.

oo

00-5-00

or-,

require special investigations

particular

0,

the

pressions
ex-

00

"

forms

algebraic

two

any

'

or

The

-"00,

("6)^("oo)=0.

and

Using

5.

*a-*-l,

xl-4-1.

+0--0.

Symbols

_c

d~

ac

M"

See

their

values

pages

109,

in
110.

MATHEMATICAL

io.

Division

of

HANDBOOK

fractions,

ad

be

Proportions.
ii.

15.

If

If

then

d,

x,

ad

then

bc.

"

16.

If

"

d,

then

ic

"

"

"

17-

If

then

pA
1

8.

If

between

19.

and

If

20.

The

geometric

two

then

c,

rC

Vac,

+
.

geometric

one

mean

c.

qB

: c

d, then

between

means

reciprocal of

is

and

"

^ad?,

d.

a-1,

"

i/a2d

and

i-

of

(r

lisa-/^"1'

of

\a/

21.

If

"

then

"

and

"

are

inversely

recivro-

or

cally proportional

to

and

:b

6; and

the

proportion

may

be

written

or

22.

If

varies

as

p,

p-1

gr-1.

directly then
,

'

xi

wherein

xlf yx
of

values

23.

If

a:

and

the

varies

X2

Vi

"

x2, ?/2 denote

variables

as

simultaneous

and

IJ2

y.

.1

or

xx

as

the

example,
square

the

force

of the

Qi
1/1

~
~"~

"*'2

"

x2

"

2/1*2/2
t/2

of

~"

"""

yt.

gravitation, g,

distance, d2, that

"

02
*2

ing
correspond-

inversely, then
"t/j

For

or

t:

a\2

"

tt

d32

"

varies

is

"*22: ^i2x
2

inversely

MATHEMATICAL

HANDBOOK

Powers.

24.

( + a)n

25.

(-a)2n=

26.

(-a)2"

an.

a2n.

+
+

1=--a2"

3I-

amxa-n-am

32.

am

cwxcn

28.

am
am

29.

an

am

-s-

an

am-

"

a0

fl"-ffl-n

If a"

45.

If

46.

log

47.

log

1=0.

48.
The

"

n.

34.

(am)n

1.

35.

(a5)m

36.

(")"-".

6-n

1, then

a*

1, then

""

00

a2

fc2

(a

50.

a8

b3

(a

51.

a3 +

"8

52.

an

(a -6)
53.
be

54.

if

a-00.

"

"co

"

0.
00
.

=00.

0", l00, 00

49.

ambm.

00

"

require special investigation.

Products

if

"

(an)"".

See

109.

page

and

0, and

amn

\a/

an

=00,

log

forms

a~n

\6/

44.

Cn

n.

a",a"-a-"-i.

30.

amxan.

1.
33.

27.

a-n

an.

be

55.

an

(a

bn

b).

6) (a2 +

ab

62).

6) (a2

a"

62).

(a"-1
-bn

b) (a

Factors.

and

4-

(a

an"26

") (an

an~zb2

+
.

an

~2b

an

a"-3^

always.

b"-1),

-6n

_1),

even.

an

bn

(a

b) (an~

an~2b

x
-

odd.

(x

a) (x

b)

x2 +

(a

6)

a".

b"-1),

ALGEBRA

56.

(x

(x

57.

a)(x

a)(x

4-

(a

59.

(a-6)2-a2-2a6

60.

(a

61.

(a

For

the

78

see

to

6)8

4-

6)8

abcd.

3a26

formula

4-

the

d)"

cd) 3?

bd+

bcd)x

4-

4-

giving

6s

63

any

a8 4- 68 +

3a6(a

a3

3a6(a

63

of

power

6).

6).

binomial,

b +

(a.-

d +

4-

c)2
c)2

-Y

e)2

2a(6 +c+d+e)

a2 4-

2a(6

a2

2a(6

(a2 4- abV2

"2 +

a3 4-

(a4-6

b2

4-

4-

2-

4-

b2 +

26(c

(P+2de+

every

term

4-

62

c)

4-

b2 4- 26c

62)(a2
-

2bc

a"

a6V2

4-

d +

e)

e2,

c)

62)(a2

4-

4-c)3

-^

c2,

4-

c2.

62).

4-

4-

62).

(a

4-

-V
a)

3(62c

c2 4- 2a6

ar

a3 4- 63 4- c3 4a2 4- 62

by

add

a2

-Y

4-

and

term

term

e)

a6

(a2 4-

a/

each

2c(d

that

of

product

c2 4-

65.

"

Square

Thus,

a4 4- b4

c2 4- 2bc

70.

a24-62--2a6.

polynomial.

it.

a2

acd

abc.

x+

a2 4- b2 4- 2a6.

Sab2

64.

69.

b2

a4 4- a262 4- 64

68.

abd

a8

63.

67.

(abc

twice

4-

4-

ca)

ad+bc+

ac+

Sab2

4-

66.

a2 +

(a

(ab+bc

(ab

a8 4- 3a26

square

follows

(a

4-

82.

to

this square

that

(a

4-62

6 4- c) a?

c)(x +d)=x4+(a+b

general

To

62.

=-

a8

4-

a2 4- 2a6

58.

4-

c)

4-

6)(z

4-

6)2

b)(x

a8 4-68 4-c8 -3a6c

4-

6c2 4- c2** 4- ca2 4- a2b

(a

6)2

4-

aft2)+ 6a6c.

c2,

(a+6+c)(c+6-c).
a2

(a

(6
4- b

"

c)2,

"

c)(a

6 4-

c).

(a 4-6 4-c)(a2 4-62 4-c2

-6c

-ca

-ab).

MATHEMATICAL

be2

71.

ca2

ft2c +

HANDBOOK

"a

(a+ft

6c2 +

72.

b2c

ca*+

"?a+

bc*+b2c

ca2+

"a

75.

be2

76.

26V

2c2a2

(a

"

77.

ca2

ft2c +

a3 +

"a

ft +

c)(ft+

2aft2

2a2ft +

(a

a) (c +

(a

n(n~

n(n^Van-2b,+

number

(n

ft)(a

aft +

ft

ft2).

is

general expression

for

when

terms;

2) (n

(n

the

right

negative

the

"y

tional.
frac-

or

hand

ber
mem-

fractional, the

or

1) (n

(r + l)th

(w

3)

1)

term

an_r}f

3x2x1

2)

aW_r5r

or

(n-r)(n-r-l)

Ix2x3x...rx

using the factorial

is

r
.

2)

is infinite.

1) (n

l)(n-

positive integer,

1 X2x3x

or,

b).

c).

negative, integral

or

The

positive

is

of terms

(a

1x2x3

be

may

When
n

c)(c -a)

c).

Theorem.

Binomial

1x2

has

6)(a2 +

c8

wherein

(6

6) (a

ft3

c4

ft4

a8

ft)"

an+nan-ih

79.

ft"

The

78.

a4

6).

2abc

a2ft

ab).

ca

a) (c +

"

aft2

2a2ft2

c2).

2abc

a2ft

aft2 +

(6 +

c)(bc +
a2b

c*

Sdbc

c)(c+a)(a

(ft+

"?a +

ca2 +

ft2*;
+

ftc2+

74.

a2b

-f

b +

ft3+

a3 +

c)(a2+ft2

aft2 +

a2b

ab2

(a

*=

73.

aft2 +

.2
.

'

xl

notation,
n!

an~rbr;
r

and

the

formula

may

(a

be

(n

r) !

written

ft)- V
-

"

%/n'

r-or!(w-r)!

a"-rftr.
xf

[N.

B.

0!

ALGEBRA

The

80.

coefficients
nth

the

of

the

of

of

power

several

binomial

These

by C0, Cl9 C2f etc.

sion
expan-

conveniently designated

are

functions

are

the

in

terms

of

as

follows:

(n

-r

C0"n"-1,

in

and

general

n(n

1) (n

2 X

1 X

(n

1) (n

"

1)

4-

3 X

r
.

a=_

'

r!(w-r)!

1x2x3

(n

n!

2)

"

2)

,_

1) (n

2) (n

3)

1x2x3x4

Then
81.

(a

6)"

C0a"

0,?-^

+C2an~262

Csa"-S6s

Also,
82.

(a

The
the

6)"

numerical

be

may

power
The

the

found

numerical
found

be

of

values

from

binomial

may

C0a* -CX"T-Xb

Clf C2, Cs,

first (n =1)

in

table

values
in

C2a"-2"2 -Cjf-*V

table

the

on

each

...

of

power

twentieth

(n

20)

244.

page

factorials

of

the

to

on

for
.

from

to

20

page.

same

Inequalities.

83.

value

The

of the

fraction

ai

a2

bt+ b2
is less

than

fractions

the

-*, -^

^
"

"1

latter

are

all

"2

"3

positive.

"n

and

greatest
-*,

fl3 +

"

b3+

+""
+

greater

provided

the

bn
than

the

least

denominators

of

the

of

the

10

MATHEMATICAL

84.
than
the

The
the

HANDBOOK

arithmetical

the

and

geometrical,

harmonical.

of

mean

That

numbers

two

is greater

is greater

geometrical

than

is,
2ab

a+^"Vri"

a+b

2
"

Also,
a,

85.

a,

'

"

*/
""Vaxa2

-f
2

4- a.

a,.

The
power

arithmetical
of the

of

mean

arithmetical

the

that

mean,

gm+"m
86.

is

powers

greater

than

is,

fc"*Y\

"

'

and, in general,
qtm

q,m

4-

/al

anm

when

is

88.

If a, b, c, be

89.

If

"

"

4-

excepting

4- a2

positive

...

fraction.

proper

positive quantities,

a,

a\n

//n-fjA"

In

\m-a)

\n-a)

4-

Roots.
1
*"

90.

am=ya.
TO/

W"

91.

vax

va

TO/

92.

va+

TO/
va

93.

^aTO/

94.

"

Wa;

am"

vam+n.

7/171/

"

am

Wo/

(m, )m
=

TOtty

"

xan

an

am

l\m
^am/

"

am

"

mn

Van.

to."

vam

a.

Vaw_n.

4-

On\m

'

the

ALGEBRA

95.

(a")"

a"""

11

y/^o \jVa

mS/a.

mn

96.

amn

am.

*^

97.

-V^

98.

"/afr

Ann

to

V aF

A*

aK

a"

111
m

to

Vo

V6.

(a6)m

99.

aro6m.

(^*m

101.

5m

Let

value

represent
of

its indicated

2"+l/

V+A
-A=

"ia,

.wherein

"-

-A

arithmetical

+a,

2n+l/

2"y
v

the

v+A

"a,

Then,

root.

/2n,

103,

and

positive number,

-a,

1.

"

Surds.
If

104.

number

another

equal

to

surd,

the

parts

are

number

also

rational

two

parts

Thus

equal.

are

equal

x+

vy"

and

fchen
a

105.

If

then

\/"

106.

y/a+y/b-y/a

107.

V/a-v/6=V/a+

108.

(a "V")2

109.

(a

Vb)

a2

(a

vT

V6

V*
V*

2Va6.

2aVb.

b "

a2

6.

and

2/.

b+2y/ab]
6

V")

V"
+

and

x,

Va

the

is

partly
two

surd

Hi

vb

rational, and

are

and

surd

and

rational

partly

tty"

partly

if

a+

wherein

and

rational

partly

\/2/,
V2/-

vy

are

surds,

MATHEMATICAL

12

The

unit, if and

imaginary

f-W-1,

^--V-l,

*--l,

Then,

in.

its powers,

definition,

By

no.

HANDBOOK

"*-

Also,

112.

t4n

"

t'U

** "^n

t'i

..

i;

^_f

i*

^4

i"

real and
a

bi

"

and
Both

is

"

number

the
a

ife,wherein

and

real

are

collection

of

simplest

form

the

denotes

of

In its

partly imaginary.

or

number

complex

t;

"

Numbers.

Complex

113.

i3

-i8

i-x

'

i*

!.

number

coefficients, the

the

first of

partly

it is written
of

in

units

imaginary

units

real

units

collection.
1 the

second

of i.
114.

If

equal

are

complex

two

their

and

Thus

if A

115.

The

conjugates

iB

16.

and

of the

one

(a

c+w*"

and

"

ib)

of two

and

a+ib

a2 +

b.

"

b2.

complex

ac+bd

ac

bd

numbers.

i(bc + ad).

(frc-ocQ
'

"? +

"P

parts

equal.

are

numbers

ib){c + id)

a+ib
XI7#

real

other, and

ib)(a

quotient

parts

their

equal

are

ib, then

complex

(a
Product

imaginary

two

the

numbers

c*+cP

ib

are

ALGEBRA

1 1

8.

Every

13

number

complex

be

can

brought

into

the

form

wherein

ib

"

y/

r(cos 0 "

"

fe2

a2 +

tan-1

"

modulus,

The

Vjcosft
The

120.

the

other

that

of the

of

Powers

[r(cos
122.

of

Roots

0 +

isin

of

Relations

123.

(a

0)]m

(a

+
-

#"

ib

0 +

(cos

Roots

of 1 and

rm(coa mO

!"r

i sin

infl+2for

r"

ib)

cos

-*2)].

m0).

mfl+2for1

lBm

"

rV

r(cos 0+i
r(cos

i sin
of

sin

6)

i sin

0)

0) (cos

="

re*,

re~i0.

0)

i sin

"

"

cos

isin.

"

(2fc4- l)ir

r
-

1.

1.

VI*-

"/
V

from

number.

127.

conjugates.

125.

126.

divisor

i-e2)"isin(0

complex

In

ib)(a

(a

0)

the

by

number.

complex

1"

r(cos

modulus

r2

i sin

Thus,

0 +

62)

one

of

argument

.r,^,
r(cos^"isin^)

1.

i sin

by

Thus,

arguments.

by dividing

the

subtracting

is found

(6, + 02)]

sin

r2(cos03"isin02)
12

their

adding

is found

dividend.

numbers

6t) x r2(cos 02 "

02) "

quotient

and

and

i sin

(cos Bx "

complex

two

their moduli

multiplying
7^

of

product

the argument,

119.

=sin_1"

cos-1-

"

the

=*

0)

sin

"

cos

"

"

(2fc+I"L-

sin-*

14

MATHEMATICAL

HANDBOOK

Logarithms.
The

relation

between
the

expressed by

The

is the

relations

systems

base

if

131.

lOga 6

logarithms

or

10

u,

is

of

log6 a

log6 a,

lOgftO-l.
logarithms

former

system

Naperian
and

use

the

upon

Base,

base

often

are

those

ural
Nat-

e,

and

rithms
Loga-

10.

called

and

the

are

Exponential

logarithms,

denary

in

most

the

founded

log" x.

log, 6,

System,

for

x;

v,

"

upon

or

in

shown.

loga

number

same

loga b,

"

loga

of the

intended.

bv,

-^

logb x

founded

Briggs' logarithms
Writing

systems

the

logo x

of

bv, then

130.

Common

logarithms

thus

are

att, then

au

log,

two

bases

129.

System,
the

of

system

logarithms

Whence

The

logarithm,

u=*\ogaX

of the

different

If

and

au,

between

having

its

equations

128.
wherein

x, and

number,

hyperbolic
of

the

latter

logarithms
for

6, the

xx

log10 6,

foregoing equations

become
"

132.

log10 x

133-

l""geX

134-

l"gio e

log,

log10 X

lo"

10

l0ge 10,
1.
m

The

Exponential

approaches
135.

Base,

e,

is the

(1 +

of

limit

oo.

*-1

2.718

T+2!
281

828

^T

7T

459
.

"

"-

"

as

15

ALGEBRA

"

of

is known

log10e

logarithms.

multiplied by
in

the

in

the

modulus

the

137.

138.

M-1

A
but

giving

of

one

the

to

294

481

585

2.302

these

is real,

994

arbitrary integer

number

namely
k the

Thus,

903

092

unlimited

an

gives

log10 X.

..

has

rithm
loga-

any

System.

M~X

rithm
loga-

modulus

..

positive number
only

the

by

Natural

loge X

0.434

loge 10

the

loge X,

log10 e

in

System

corresponding
conversely,

divided

System

corresponding logarithm
log10 X

and,

tem
Sys-

Natural

the

the

Common

the

of
in

gives

System;

Common

I36.

modulus

logarithm

Any

Common

the

the

as

the

value

of

logarithms;
obtained

one

the

0 in

following

general equations:
140.

log,,( + ")

141.

loge ( +

Negative

log. (

143.

loge (

144,

0"

"

x)
1)

"

="

numbers

loge (a + ib)

2fclTl.

2kiri.

have

numbers

142.

Complex

1)

loge X

real

no

(2k

log, x"
0"
have

(2*

logarithms,
l)iri.

l)irt.

complex

-loge (a2 +

logarithms,
b2) +

(tan

l
-

by

"

farY

MATHEMATICAL

16

numbers

Imaginary
145-

have

imaginary

the

for

i*

146.

log.*' i*i,

Rules
the

HANDBOOK

logarithms,
er**

0.20788

practical

of

use

logarithms

based

are

on

following principles:
147-

og

(an/) log

148.

og

149.

og

(#")

150.

og

vx

log

"

y.

y.

x.

log

"

log

log

log

x.

151-

og

base

log

1,

log

0,

00

152.

That
If

1 "

x"

then,

0 "

log

If

0"x"

then,

-00

and
"

greater
is

logarithm

154.
a

time

of

less

(n

1) (n

of

be

by

(n

all at

2) ...2x1,

the

or

of

1,

negative.

2)

is
n!

things

called

taken

at

at

P(n, r).

symbol

1) (n

time

permutations

denoted

(n, r)

taken

is

if

than

(sometimes

permutations

things

number

The
may

of

number

1, its

Combinations.

and

Permutations

arrangements)

than

positive

and

positive

loga:"0.

The

positive

[itslogarithm

153.

is

a;

00

+1,

"

is, if

+00,

to

...

factors,

n!

(n-r)\
155.
a

time

number

The
may

be

of

denoted

of

combinations

by

the

symbol
(n

n(n-l)(n-2)

things

(n, r)
r+

P(n, r)

1)

CAn,f,'S3

taken

r!

lx2x3...r
n!
=

r\(n-

r)\

(n,n-

r).

ALGEBRA

Comparing
C

156.

with

155

(n, r)

binomial

table

on

values

of C(n

that

seen

to

20

(r

of (a

development

r) up

the

of

coefficient

of the

term

Numerical

be

it may

79

the

"

17

6)n.

found

are

l)th

in

the

244.

page

Determinants.

If there
form
the

of

be
a

of

of

itself is the
can

be

and

each

being
the

formed

of

The

taken

all the

half

one

ways,

the

positive sign,

each

that

column

of these

the

minant
deter-

products

from

one

is

array

quantities forming

of

elements

the

this

determinant.

sum

possible

with

written

the

algebraic

in all

row

n2

in the

arrayed

are

columns,

The
of

elements

symbols

and

rows

determinant.

the

are

whose

quantities

square

symbol

array

n2

products

other

half

with

negative.
157.

An

array

of the

of

four

second

An

ai

"i

a2

b2

of

of

array

the

388

third

axb2

nine

3!

Note.

the
can

the

If

"

written

be

the

with

margin,
found

thus:

then

diagonal

and
rows

the
the

from

repeated

rows

positive

by reading

of the

array

order
in

its development

three

diagonal

left

aj)2cv

shown

as

of

the

third,

terms

negative

minant
deter-

thus:

a2btc3 + ajbtc2

first two

the

of

symbol

6) terms,

"

determinant

the

left downwards,

the three

the

elements,

order, gives

minant
deter-

a2bv

o,J"2c3 axbzc2 + a2bzcx

be

of

symbol

order, gives 2!( "-2) terms,

158.

the

elements,

terms

rows

from

by reading

upwards.

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

18

An

159,

array

of

of the

fourth

determinant

"i ^

4,

bf'c^d2

c4

a3bxc4d2

axb3c4d2

atb3c2d4+ a3b2c4dx

a3b2cxd4

axb4c2d3

axb4c3d2+ a3b4cxd2

a3b4c2dx

160.

of

remaining

the

given

a2b4cxd3+ a2b4c3dx

a4bzcxd2+ a4bzc2dx

fifth

the

of the

nth order

the

and

column

out,
is the

the

In

which

of

given

determinant

minor

terminant
de-

terms.

consists
in

of

symbol

order, gives 5!(=120)

elements

in

element

numbered
an

column

one

its

relative

given

and

row

to

the

each

determinant

equal

to

the

the

of

minor

! terms.

ment
ele-

formed

of

relative

to

major

row,

determinant

major

determinant

element

negative sign

numbered

even

is

a4b2c3dx-f a4b2cxd3

"

stricken

positive sign be

results

a2b3c4dx+ a2b3cxd4

row

multiplied by

from

a4bxc2d3+ a4bxc3d2

element.

If each

be

a2bxc3d4+ a2bxc4d3

the

be

the

twenty-five elements,

the

stands

determinant

If

dA

of
a

thus:.

terms,

axb2c4d3+ a3btc2d4

general,

order, gives 4!( =24)

alb2csd4

array

of

symbol

An

the

elements,

"*i

(h

a4

sixteen

taken

to

the

each

from
element

algebraic

determinant.

the

and

sum

odd

an

taken
of

the

Thus,

161.

ai("2C3-"3C2)-a2("iC3-"3Cl) +a,(fr1C3-ftjCj.

l62.
ax

bx

cx

dx

a2

b2

"2

d2

^3

"s

C3

^3

a4

b4

c4

d4

Thus
to

can

depend

a
on

determinant
n

determinants

of

any

of

order, the
the

(n

nth, be

made

l)th order,

and

ALGEBRA

each

of

these

order, and

again

so

determinant
third

or

the

on,

directly.

the

of

that

last

the

2)th

"

original
the

of

easily computed

are

makes

the

easy

with

determinant

any

(n

determinants

reduction

of

value

being
of

series

order, which

method

This
of

on

second

the

result

the

of

1 determinants

ultimate

depends

of

on

19

putation
com-

numerical

elements.

163.
and

the

164.

In

columns

rows

If,

in

change

places

formed

is

the

determinant

any

without

each

with

equal

changing

determinant,

any

to

columns

first

rows

Thus,

two

or

rows

determinant

new

with

one

made

its value.

columns

two

other, the

the

be

can

the

so,

opposite sign.

Thus,

etc.

165.
equal

If

the

proportional

or

in

elements

each

two

to

columns

each,

or

the

in

two
of

value

rows

the

are

minant
deter-

is 0.

=n0=0.

166.

determinant

by multiplying
or

in

one

row

or

is

multiplied

dividing

by that

all

the

divided

or

elements

by
in

number.

pax

pbx

pcx

a2

^2

c2

a3

b3

c8

one

number
column

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

20
A

167.

determinant

be

split into

two

or

is not

changed

in

value

can

minants.
deter-

more

Thus,
ai +

Pi +

Qi

"i

ci

"*"2+

P3 +

"a

b2

c2

az +

Ps +

?s

"s

cs

168.

elements

determinant
of

by
column

The

times

or

column

one

the

Solution

of Equations of

The

solution

of

170.

The

solution

of

+fc"y

cxz=

C2Z

ax "

nbl bx

cx

a2 "

n^2 "2

C2

as "

^s

C3

the

"s

First

method

same

unknown

ax

bx

cx

K\" by putting

a2

b2

c2

a3

63

cs

applies
Observe

quantities.
of each

of the

unknown

coefficients
is the

numerator

coefficients
of

equations.

parallel

of
the

unknown

absolute

terms

the

-z".

with

equations

determinant

with

quantity
the

the

formed

column

replaced

right-hand

of the

quantities, while

unknown

on

-A

denominator

is the

determinant

same

of

set

that

quantity

of all the

that

to

nants.
Determi-

Degree by

^-Z);

The

ished
dimin-

or

of

kx'

x="

column

elements

cf-kti

a3x+b3y+

value

increased

each

are

corresponding

169.

o"tP

row

Thus,

row.

axx+bxy

is

or

the

when

the

of the

by

side

the

of the

21

ALGEBRA

If

I7i.

axx+

: z

ctz~

0)

b2y +

c^**

0.

a2x

then

bxy +

(6^3

ftjcj: (c^

of At?

Solution

Bx+

a2bt).

Equations.

Quadratic
172.

c2at) : (a^

0,

2A

of x2

Solution

173.

px

0,

The

174.

roots

imaginary
and

real

the

product
If xx

176.

4AC,

or

p2 " 4g,

B2

"

4AC,

or

p2

4AC,

or

known,

form

the

given

of

xx) (x

x2

xxx2

4-

px

quadratic
for

x2)

-p,

q.

the

equation

and

product

0,

0,

0.

q=

whose

numbers

two

sum

roots

written

be

find

the

4g.

roots, then

the

(xt + x2) x

"

p2

x2 denote

with

To

177.

of

sum

4q,

"

roots

(x
is identical

"

of the

and

also

may

"

the

x2

which

B2

B2

when

all cases,

In

175.
and

when

equal

4g.

are

when

real

i^p2

ip"

sum

equation, putting
the

and

the

product

given

are

negative

for

q,

nth

degree

and

solve,

178.
in

x,

Any
be

may

Xn

in

written

p^-1

of

integral equation

rational

the

p2Xn~2

the

form

p3"n-3 3
n

"

+
.

+pn

0.

22

MATHEMATICAL

If xv

179.

the
x

x2, xs,

first member

(x
180.

separated
putting
a? +

3x*

is the

xt) (x

"

Any
into

equal

12

to

0, by

xn)

by-

equation

the

into

first member

the

separating

be

can

solved

is

example,

For

zero.

xlf

"

0.

just given

form

which

of

first member

the

in

factors

all,thus,
(x

xs)

the

factors

factor

4x

x2) (x

the

of

them

of

equation,

of this

roots

by each

product

equation

each

the

be

xn

is divisible

x2, etc., and

HANDBOOK

factors, becomes
(x
the

of which

roots

Again,

x8 +

3) (x

are

4s2

(z
is solved

by putting
cubic

Many

the

If

181.

"

an

(xt +

x2 +

\X-*X2Xq

~t~

the

"t'7

xn

xn~x

if the

0.

higher

of

equations

degrees

first member

higher

than

the

of

first member

(xxx2 +

"'

is identical

pxxn-1

4-

the

form

0,

a? +

not

the

to

is

arable
sep-

second.
be

179

plied
multi-

is

xn)

+
.

which

equation

of

result

.#.

and

method,

degree

factors

together,
xn

of

and

this

by

factors

into

4-

reducible

1)

0,

2.

4-

0, being

3) (Z2 +

equations

easily solved

are

2)

and

3,-2,

"

4a; +

2) (x

"

"

'*^i'*^2S

"1

Xfi

...

~"~

\J

with

p2xn~2

"

-2

.) xn

x2x3

4-

pn

0.

Therefore,
py

"

p2

the

sum

the

sum

roots
-

p3

the

the

roots,

of

all

taken

two

of

all

sum

taken

roots

182.

of

the

products

of

the

of

the

of

the

by two,
the

three

products
by

three,

'

.......

l)kpk

l)nPn

the

sum

of

roots

taken

the

product

all
k

the

products

by k,

of

all the

roots.

23

ALGEBRA

Cubic

183.

the

solve

To

the

unknown,

second

ax2

bx

equation

0,

by substituting

term

The

\a.

cubic

general
x3 +

remove

Equations.

reduced

y*

equation
+

for

takes

an

assumed

the

form

0.

The

184.
Rule

three

-^

by

Cardan's

When

the

in the

quantity

value

by

y*
of

"p

dq)2

($p)8 is negative,
circular

or

0, p and

hyperbolic

tions
func-

being positive, compute

i"_.

Then

the

185.

fi/1=s=F2\/j^Sinh^,
\ y2
V"g Sinh \"p+ i Vp
"
[y3 " V^p Sinh ^ i Vp

roots

are

(ip)s "

solution

from

Sinh^

(it) When

of

the

way:

py"q=

of

means

following

(1) When

w3

"

effected

be

-l-iV3

tV3

l +

+"/-k-^(k)2+(i/")S

Iq+Vuqy+dp)*

wherein

the

equation

are

2/1

may

last

this

of

roots

y*

"

py"q=0,

(bq)2"compute

the

Cosh

value

and
of

Cosh

Jp,

Cosh

Jp.

being

"p from

"__
"p

ipVip

positive

and

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

24

the

Then

roots

are

2/2

"

2v5pCoshi^,
V^" Cosh Jp + i Vp

2/s

"

Vjp

0i -T

186.

(Hi)

S/3

When

pr/ "

Vp

"p,

Sinh

^.
positive

being

0, p

and

value

of

the

the

(M)2" compute

(ip)8 "

J^

Cosh

Sinh

angle

"p

and

from

*2
cos

the

Then

roots

"p

("0

2/3

yt

2VJ2
T2VJ2

=F

J?,

cos

2Vjp

=F

t/3

When

"

are

it/i
-

"

"

cos

(}p

120"),

cos

ftp

240").

0,

?w/ "

(ip)"

and

188.

the

roots

\Vl

are

2/2

"

2/3

being positive,

(fe)",

and

x/*?)'_
"

^iP"

""

Series.
Series.

Arithmetic

189.

The

of

the

d,

n*1* term

a,

is

the

and

of

sum

Geometric
191.

and

the

192.

2d,

(n

3d,

1) d;

is

terms

190.

series

^[2a+ (n-l)d].

Series.
The
sum

nth term
of

terms

of

the

series a, ar, ar2, ar9,

is
S

i^"

is ar"-1
...

ALGEBRA

25

If the

number

proper

fraction, the series is convergent,

and

the

ratio,

r, be

and

1-r

Series.

Harmonic

The

terms

6,

a,

reciprocals"

their

infinite

be

n,

193-

194.

of terms,

"

""

"

"

d, etc., form

c,

form

"etc,

"

harmonic

series

arithmetic

an

if

series,

abed

that

the

is, when

relation

secutive
con-

"

in

"

"

b-

nth term

"

"

as

"^

The

three

any

is

terms

195.

between

subsisting

harmonic

series is

ab

(w-l)a-

196.

The

arithmetic

197.

The

geometric

198.

The

harmonic

(n-2)b

between

mean

and

"

"
.

between

mean

between

mean

and

and

Va6.

"

199.

series

arithmetic

partly

and

partly geometric

(a

3d) r8, etc.

represented by
(a

d)

of

terms

a,

The

sum

[a

(a

r,

2d) r2,

4-

of this

(n

series,

1) d\

rd(l

r*

r^-1)

"'

(1-r)2

1-r

200.

201.

1 +

2+3+4+5+

p +

(p

.+
.

1)

(p

2)

n(n

(n-l)

(?-

...+

1)

*""

_(q+V)(q-V+l)
2
202.

203.

2 +
1 +

4 +

6 +

8 +

(2n

(2n

2)

2n

3)

(2n

(n
1)

1).
ri".

is

MATHEMATICAL

26

2" +

l" +

204.

3"+4"

HANDBOOK

X".

1H2n+

+n*-n"w+

+
...

J..A.CJ

28 +

Is +

205.

3s +

48 +
.

[n (n

na=

+
.

1)18'

Binomial

Series.

206.
/1

w
(1 " x)n

1 "

"

nx

w(n
*

"

1)
'-

"

n(n

x2 "

"

l)(n

2)'-

""

x* +

,
...

2!

3!

Convergent

if x2

1.

"

207.

2)j"+
(l"x)-n,iTwa;+n(!^Li)^Tn(n+l)(n
+

Convergent
208.

^
(a-6x)-'-I/'l
+
a\

^+-^
a2

(l"x)-1=l

=Fz+

x2=Far,

x4qFz5

if Px2

(l"x)-2=

1 =F2x+

3x2qF4a^+

5x4=F6a^+
Convergent

2.4.6

1.

if x2

"

1.

if x2 "

1.

(l"x)-i=l^,+||x^l|-^+||||x^..
Convergent

(l"x)i=l"lx-^x2"^x*^

3.6

3.6.9

(1"i)^=1T^+-*

if x2

"

1.

1'2m6m8a*"...
3.6.9.12

Convergent
214.*

if x2 "

2.4.6.8

Convergent

213.0

a2.

I7

2.4

2x2.

"

...

Convergent
210.

1.

...,\

a3

Convergent
209.

if x2 "

if x2

"

1.

1A71"

xt^"***
3.6

3.6.9

x4+...
3.6.9.12

Convergent

if x2

"

1.

ALGEBRA

and

Exponential

27

2l5'e-1+\+h+h+h+h
+

e*

-+-"-+"

l +

--

m=

oo.

fwA
"

"

+
...

4!

3!

2!

for

syrnt
+

/y*2

/*"

216.

"Y

(l

of

Limit

Series"

Logarithmic

[i

al-1
"

ca;

^r

-3r

218.

"

00.

+00.

"

log, a.

a*=i

?ggLgx+

(h"'Oy
"lo"tg),a"+
[-00

219.

X"

-4j-+--[-00

wherein

"

c4x*

cV

c2^2
_

217.

00

log, (1 " x)

"

ia?"

ix*

...

x"

"

Jx5

\x4"

oo.

[a?"l.

220.

"

loge-l"^
=

?il

221.

" log,

222.

Jx3

x-1

Jx5

jx7

[x2 "

1.

[X2 "

1.

"

JX-8

iX"5

|X"7

+
.

"

log. X

-2[^i+i(^)'+*(^M^)'+-l
[0
223.

log, (a

"

"

00
.

x)

-logea+2[-^-+i(^-J+i(^-)5+..
[0 "
224.

log (

log (n

1)

00

"

"

00
.

log

4.

2n+l

"

1
_

""

3(2n+l)3

5(2n

l)5
[0

"n"

+00.

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

28

log (x

225.

See

log, x

X2)

2^

Formulas

226.

Vl

754

and

(x

1)

la?"1*

'"

2.4.6.7

2.4.5

1036.

\{x

l)s +\(x-\y-

...

[0

"

"

2.

lo":c""^i+i(^iJ+i(^lJ+...

227.

Let

be

"

rate, that

the

interest

on

the

number

the

principal,

the

amount

is,
dollar

one

of

in

Annuities.

and

Interest

for

year,

one

years,

years.

Then,
228.

At

simple interest,

229.

At

compound

230.

If interest

be

interest, A

(1
P

nr).

(1

g times

compounded

r)n.
a

If A
P

the

be

of money

amount

an

present worth

payable

year,

p(i
=

years

lY.

hence, and

of A, then
;4

231.

At

simple interest,

"

1 +

nr

4
232.

At

interest, P"

compound

(l
233.

This

Discount

is Inte

discount, which,

"

il

r)"

P.*

discount, so-called
for commercial

to

distinguish

convenience,

it from

is based

01a

commercial

simpler

rule.

ALGEBRA

The

234.

of

amount

29

annuity

an

of

n(n--lL
dollar

one

in

simple

at

years

interest

"

Present

235.

value

such

of

an-)

an

nuity

Amount

236.

interest

compound

at

1 +

value

Amount

238.

when

interest

are

the

payments

made

nr

(l+r)"-l
(1

l)rm

"

Present

237.

$n(n"

n
_

r)

(1

l'
-

r)-"

"

(l+r)-l

of

times

year

Present

239.

value

Amount

240.

when

annuity

are

payments
made

of

the'

times

K)'-

'

(1

r)"

m[(l+r)"-l]
year

1-

Present

241.

(1

r)

value.

[(l+r)*-l]
Amount

242.

times

times

243

when

Present

and
year

the

interest
the

is

annuity

paid
m

m[(I+?M

value

-[KM

30

MATHEMATICAL

HANDBOOK

Probabilities.
If

there

are

in which

ways

favor

in

it must

of

chances

in which

ways

the

fail to

event

(or odds) against it

The

probability of

favorable

chances

favorable

and

244.

The

these

of

is certain

that

either

If

Ex

and

px

happen

to

event

246.

happen.

may

event

fail

may

to

are

pxp2

since

the

1; and

probability

that

independent events,

and

is

fail

happen,

to

1.

the

event,

an

p.

"

and

possible

two

respective probabilities,then

their

are

p2

fail is 1

may

E2

and

of

probability

the

the

or

Certainty

the

stated,

event

probabilities

two

245.
If p be

both

chances,

above

the

of

happen.

sum

event

the

number

the

of

case

probability that

the

b
a

the

probability that

the

"

of

ratio

number

In

b, and

to

total

(or odds)

chances

as

a.

is the

unfavorable.

"

"

the

to

b to

as

event

an

be

to

aad

happen,

can

the

happen,

said

are

event

an

the

"

that

probability

both

and

Ex

E2

may

happen.
1

247.

pxp2

the

"

probability
may

248.

(1

Pi)p2

the

that

and

E2

fail and

E2

both

not

Ex

happen.

probability

that

Ex

that

Ex

may

happen.
Pi(l

249*

V2)

~~

the

probability

and

happen

may

E2 fail.
250.

px

p2

2pxp2

"

may

(1

251.

px) (1

p2)

may

The

by

value

of

observation
of

their

life

be

in

their

ratio

person

of these

at

the

that

the

probability

other

that

of

of

year

the

that

55,973

out

events

live

at

the
of

least,
rience
expe-

69,517

living

were

probability

fifty may

0.805.

Thus

cases.

shows

fifty-first

numbers,

fail.

both

determined, approximately

age

event

one

fail.

Therefore

the

and

happen,

companies

sixty-firstyear.

assured

probability

large number

assurance

living

persons

the

of p may

the

ten

that
years

in
an

is

II.

SECTION

CIRCULAR

Definitions

Fundamental

and

the

the

angles

the

hypotenuse

are

denned

of

legs

and

h,

by

expressed

sin

triangle

angled

respectively

to

an

and

either

and

6,
and

B,

angle

acute

follows:

as

by

by
of

functions

the

reference

Angle.

right

them

opposite

with

Relations

Acute

Denoting

TRIGONOMETRY.

AND

FUNCTIONS

--

cos

B,

sin

B,

cos

--

tan

"

ctn

B,

tan

B,

301
ctn

=
"

sec

"

esc

B,

sec

B.

csc

"

The

tangent,
From

abbreviations
ctn

for

these

are

cotangent,
definitions

sin
sec

for

for

follow

sine,
secant,
at

for

cos

and

csc

the

once

for

tan

cosecant

relations,

303

302

cosine,

sin

A,

cos

-4,

tan

A,

csc

1
305.

304.

sec

306.

307

ctn

cos
,

309
cos

A1

ctn

A,i

-:

sin

31

foi

32

MATHEMATICAL

And

the

from

HANDBOOK

definitions

h2

follow

the

further

sin

(90"

cos

(90"

tan

(90"

ctn

(90"

sec

(90"

esc

(90"

313

"

from

0"

if the

values

of

given

also.

The

45"

to

of
the
a

of

the

opposite

sin A,

tan

A,

esc

A,

sec

A.

all the

all

the

angle

249), the

page

90"

45"

to

defined, when
the

for

also

on

from

above

solution

sufficient

latter

be

are

puted
com-

of

right

for the

tion
solu-

concerted

into

right triangles by drawing

two

vertex

table

angles

as

of each

functions

the

are

of

A,

sufficient

are

ctn

in

A,

cos

A)

the

to

For

extended.

side

it)

They

from

ii)

angles

difference

perpendicular

A)

of

cases.

the

or

it)
A)

oblique triangle, if

an

sum

all

of

acute

tabulated,

triangles in

given (as

functions

functions
and

values

are

the

equation

a2 +

the

relations,

'

Therefore,

with

together

opposite

methods

side

or

to

solution, see

of

60-66,

pages

General

Definitions of Angle,

and

its Measures,

its

Functions.

An

314.

by

which
to
If the

the

any

is any

angle

line

may

be

direction

in

that

straight
other

turning
angle

is

amount
a

of

amount

to

geometric

turning
changed

fixed

from

one

plane
tion
direc-

plane.

less than
acute

in

quarter of

angle;

if to

more

tion
revoluthan

33

TRIGONOMETRY

and

quarter
obtuse

less than
if to

angle;

revolution, it
The

is

turning
to

or

however

value

angle

of

of

described

arc

radius

the

takes

in

degrees,

the

arc

by

any

be

may

the

the

to

way,

general

of

that

turning

whole

and

the

of

centre

radius,

angle, A,

an

the

lution.
revo-

revolution

its

by

or

arc-measure

line,

the

whole

seconds;

being

arc

from

one

divided

which

The

the

the

point
of

thus

2kw,

"

radians.

radius,

point

circle

"

degrees, minutes, and

called

of

one

0.

or

in

of value

range

a,

integer

of

be

may

Therefore

or

arc-measure

circumference
infinite

360",

distance

The

turning

lution
revo-

revolutions

whole

of

negative.

arc-measure,

ratio

whole

one

expressed by

measured

are

units

is the

is

k is any

Angles

the

way,

"A"k

wherein

in

other

than

more

number

Moreover,

the

315.

to
any

whole

angle.

convex

than

more

geometric

less than

and

half

amount

it is

revolution,

than

more

may

positive, or
an

of

so-called

great.

of

half

is

The

2"r.

or

the

its arc-measure,

or

expressed,

in radians,

oo"

"

"

00

00

"

"

00

".

The

two

of

measures

(1

angle

an

Radian

57"

thus

are

17' 44"

related,
.806

310 6

( 180"

table

other
As

given

matter

italic letters
be

or

expressed
many

used.

the

on

of

next

in

either

kind

italics

small
in

formulas

arc-measure
a

matter

of

into

measure

the

page.

in

notation

degrees,

radians.

3.14159265

the

following

will, in general, indicate

expressed

letters

ir

converting

for

is

minutes

will
or

of

and

indicate

that

pages,

the

angles

seconds,
that

radians.

indifference

they

It

while
are

capital
are

Greek
to

is, however,

which

to

notation

be
in
is

34

MATHEMATICAL

HANDBOOK

3i7"

(a) For

TABLE

finding

the
a

(6) For

Length
Circle

of

the

of which

finding the

Angle

measured

Circle

of which

Arc
the

measuring
Radius

by any
the

Radius

is

any

given Angle

i.

given Length
is

in

1.

of

Arc

in

TRIGONOMETRY

Functions

Drawing

rectangular

intersecting in

o,

let

initial

be

ox

angle
It

or

the

whatever

the

and

that

the

fourth

General

the

line

side

y'

vertical,

required direction,

any

side

terminal

the

op

fall in

may

first xoy,

and

of

any

in 314).

as

op

in

op

and

Angle Defined.

horizontal

xx'

axes,

(denned

is evident

quadrants,

the

of

35

the

one

any

yox', the

second

of

the

third

four

x'oy',

y'ox.

r
FlGUBB

Let

the

"

coordinates

the

abscissa,

"

the

ordinate,

horizontal
Let

Then
defined

"

the

the

are
as

distance

six

point

any

situation

of

to

of

above

the

be

right

or

distance

or

or

below

cos

="

of

from

o.

functions

of

(any angle whatever)

*-,

ctn.A

ordinate

abscissa

distance
sec

__

2-

r_
_

abscissa

distance

as

abscissa

'

ordinate
"

x
m

distance
A

abscissa

"

"

distance
tan

the

axis.

ordinate
A .,

left

axis,

follows:

sin

318.

in

distance

or

vertical

of the
y

of the

1.

esc

r
__

ordinate

MATHEMATICAL

36

An

fourth

or

the

is said

angle

quadrant

functions

according

coordinates

positive

used

axis; the

vertical

according
distance

as

is

op

Hence

positive
values

the

quadrants

is above

are

as

below

the

right

is

positive

the

horizontal

ordinate
or

is to

the

abscissa

The

318.

tive
posiof

values

the

on

definitions

negative according

or

have

quadrants

dependent

the

in

falls in

side

quadrant.

of different

angles

first,second, third,

its terminal

as

fourth

values

negative

or

the

of

of the

angle

an

first,second, third, or

The

of

be

to

HANDBOOK

or

is
left

negative

or

; the

axis

in all situations.
the

of

positive

or

functions

of

negative

as

from

to

angles

indicated

of the

several

below.

310

As

an

angle

increases

etc., its functions

but
for

all
the

When

changes

320.

vary,

reaching

maximum

cardinal

values

the
its

function

sign,

as

0"

90", 180", 270", 360",

increasing,

some
or

of

passes

the

above

angle

is indicated

in the

Cardinal

Values.

decreasing,
values

numerical

minimum

through

some

the

value

following

mentioned.
0

or

table.

00

it

TRIGONOMETRY

Fundamental

the

From

37

Generalized.

Relations

definitions

follow

318

at

once

tan

relations

the

sin

cos

A!

cos

A.

sin

A'

"

321

ctn

and

the

from

x1 +

equation

sin2 A
322

which
these

1 +

ctn2

applicable

are

positive

tan2

with

or

sec2

relations

A,

esc2 A,

angles

should

they

as

(or arcs) of

those

while

the

1,

302-312,

to

negative,

r2 follow

"

cos2 A

1 +

identical

are

y2

relate

only

all
to

but

be;

magnitudes

positive

acute

angles.
From

six radical

result

322

"

cos

"Vl-

tan

"

Vsec2

ctn

"

Vcsc2

A-l,

sec

"

Vl

tan2

A,

esc

"

Vl

ctn2

A.

interpretation

is found

in

the

belong

two

five functions
to

each;

These

four

solutions.

of

angles

four

The

like that, has

the

ones

double
a

given
0"

angles

two

have

value

1,

radicals

signs

of

these

value

of

any

one

tion
func-

360";

and

the

other

and

numerically equal

are

each

opposite algebraic signs.

which

fifth is the
same

sin2 A,

between

of them

the

are

to

cos2 A,

the

that

fact

of these

but

Vl

sin

323

The

forms,

are

given by

reciprocal
for

the

of the

two

the

given

angles.

quadratic
one,

and,

38

MATHEMATICAL

HANDBOOK

Anti-Functions.

If

sin

which

is

usually

x,

or

is

expressed

read
Some

"

writers

Similarly,

if

The
any

value
one

of

of
the

expression
Hence,

being

\ tan"1

Isec-1

"

of

"

"

z=C"

instead

A,

only

of

sin-

x.

1/

2.

but

above,

given

as

included

angles

in

the

a)

"

eral
gen-

2kir.

a"

or

x."

sec-1

not

360",

relation

x,

of

sine

x,

tan-1

z,

series

of
arc-sin

including

integer,

any

is

sin-1

anti-sine

y,

is

notation

infinite

rsin-1
324.

the

sin-1

or

x,

sec

which

of

sine

the

angle

the

is

is

tan

notation

the

use

the

the

a)

then

x,

arc

sin

(or

the

by

and

sin

or

x,

360"
360"

A; 360"

"

2kir,

"

2k*,

"

2far.

0,

Also,
rcos-1

325.

J ctn-1

Use"1
z

(90"
(90"
(90"

A)"k

360"

B)

"

C)

"

360"
360"

(""r
(J*("tt

2kir,

0)

"

2far,

y)

"

2far.

Whence

rsin-1

326.

J tan-1

4-

cos"1

2/ 4-

ctn-1

Isec-1
2

esc-1

90"

"

90"

"

"

A; 360"

90"

360"
360"

^"

^r "
^r "

2for.
2kir.
2for.

39

TRIGONOMETRY

v/3

\/2=i.4i42i36
J\/2"=o. 7071068

"

1.7320508

Jv/3=0-57735""3

K/3gai'i547""5

\/a-y/2
V2

v/2

o.

7653669

1.8477587

Va"

v/3-0.5176381

V2+\/3=i-93i85i6

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

40

in

junction

each

expressing

Formulas

the

of

each

of

terms

others.

328.

sin A

"Vl

^4

cos2 A

"Vl
1

"Vl

329.

cos

"Vl

sin2 A

"Vsec2

sec

ctn2

-I

esc

"

" Vl

tan2

jVcsc2

ctn

tan2

^_
_

"Vl

ctn2 A

Ua4
sin2 A

"

"Vsec2

ctnA

cos

ctn

A'

tan

iVcsc2

cos

"\/l-sin2A
331.

"*A-

"\/l

esc

"Vl

^"
330.

sec

,
"

"

"Vl

sin A

cos2

"Vcsc2

=
"

" V
,

332.

sec

T~a

sec2

="

"vl

sin2 A

"Vl

cos

ctn

"Vcsc2

""

cscA=-

/i

"

"v

A,

tan2

"

ctn2

cos22 AA

tan

sec

t"

1 +

tan2

"

"

sin

"\/l

esc

333.

"Vl

ctn2 A

A-

-1"

1
1

"

"VW

"

,
-

TRIGONOMETRY

Positive
If the
a

distance

straight

from

to

from

be

must

point

to

other

any

point

positive, then

as

reckoned

the

negative;

as

"

Lines.

Negative

reckoned

be

line

and

41

distance
it is

that

so

on

always

that

true

334-

three

Let

straight
and

ab

is

bc

a, b, and

points
Then

line.

always

the

336.

in

arranged

order

any

distances, that
337.

bc

AB

distances

ab

becomes

ca

principle applies

same

on

AC,

member

ab

The

bc

each

to

ca

the

of

sum

order

in any

arranged

be

is,

ab

by adding

0.

algebraic

that

ac,

335which

ba

whatever

0.

"

to

any

on

number

of

points,

straight line, and

their

is
+

BC

-f

CD

MN

NA

0.

"

Projections.
The

of

projections

line

the

upon

ab

of

axes

( ab

cos

projection

on

the

axis

of x,

Iab

sin

"

projection

on

the

axis

of y,

wherein

of the

axis

denotes
of

the

the

and

angle

the

between

positive

direction

and

are*

positive

direction

of the

projected

line.
The

polygon,
chosen
In

the

taken

in

a, b,

of
order

339#

the
in

on
same

which

if

oy,

the

the

sides

of

the

polygon,

closed

any
upon

any

the

plane

0.

to

and

ox

around

order

placed anyhow

triangle abc

of

projections

equal
of

case

axes

points
the

the

line is

the

of

of

sum

axis

points
the

a', b', c' be the

of

of

axis

projections

projections

a", b", c", the

and

the

on

in

fall

on

(a'b'

bV

c'a'

0.

/ aV

bV

c"a"

0.

y,

then,

either

of the

tions
projec-

whatever

axis,

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

42

If

the

be

axes

these
the

cosine

equations

of the

boa

must

true

that

340.

angle
be

aob

boa

Also, whatever
341.

aob

0,

the

boc

or

of

or

boc

coa

343.

AOB

BOC

COD

360",

the

lines

or

aob

"

2kir.

or

344.

sin

(A

345.

sin

(A

346.

cos

(A

347.

cos

(A

348.

tan

(A

of

B)

the

B)

"

350.

4.
ctn

(A

Two

Angles.
A

cos

sin

cos

"

cos

cos

B)

cos

cos

B)

/
a
(A

d\
B)

ctn

(A

5)

"

tan

A
tan

ctn

NOA

0,

"

ctn

B.

sin

sin

B.

sin A

sin

B.

1
"

i? +

ctn

1? ctn

ctn

ctn

ctn

2for.

sin

"

"

cos

tan

or

sin B.

tan

"

360",

2kv.

1 +

or

cos

"

tan

o,

Difference of

tan

from

the

ctn

351.

of

B)

B)

"

and

tan

tan

sin

349.

MON

360",

Sum

tan
+

always

360",

"

angle

2kv.

radiating

aoc

the

it is

"

+
.

or

"

0,

that

aoc

or

Functions

angles.

of two

so

"

aoc,

342.

and

sine

positive, then

as

negative

order

the

for

Negative Angles.

as

angle,
right-angled tri-

difference

reckoned

reckoned

abc

formulas

of the

and

be

aob

the

give

and

sum

Positive

If the

and

rectangular

43

TRIGONOMETRY

Functions

Sum

the

of

352/

(A

sin
=

4-

353-

(A

cos

"

"

Three

of
#

C)

B+

sin A

sin B

sin

4-

sin A

sin B

cos

cos

cos

cos

cos

sin A

cos

sin C

of

Functions

J5

cos

i? sin C.

sin 5

cos

sin A

"

sin

of

Functions

90".

355-

-90".

356.

357

cos

(90"

tan

(90"

A)

A)

A)

cos

A}

sin

At

ctn

A.

A,

of

Functions

(sin (A

180")

cos

(A

180")

tan

(A

180")

sin A,
cos

Ay

etc.

"

'

etc.

358.

90"

of

Functions

(90"

cos

tan

A,

sin C
cos

Angle.

Negative

354

sin

cos

C)

J5 +
A

cos

Angles.

180".

C.

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

44

Functions

^sin (A

180")

cos

(A

180")

tan

(A

180")

359

180c

A-

of
sin

A,

cos

A,

A,

tan

etc.

360.

A,

sin

sin

(180"

A)

="

cos

(180"

A)

tan

(180"

A)

-A.

180"

of

Functions

A,

cos

A,

tan

etc.

sin

(A

270")

cos

(A

270")

tan

(A

270")

361.

of

Functions

A,

cos

"

A,

sin

A,

ctn

270(

etc.

Functions

(sin (A

270")

cos

(A

270")

tan

(A

270")

362.

of

sin

A,

ctn

A,

Functions

of

270"

Functions

of A"

270".

A,

cos

A-

etc.

-A.

363.

sin

(A "

360")

cos

(A

"

360")

tan

(A "

360")

sin

A,

cos

A,

tan

A,

364.
etc.

360c

45

TRIGONOMETRY

Functions
sin

(360" -A)

cos

(360"-

tan

(360" -A)

365.

--

A)

of

360"

sin

A,

A,

cos

A,

tan

-A.

^ etc.

Solution

If A
if the
of A

sin A

equation

wherein

A; is 0

the

equation

or

same
cos

all values

Sums

value

be

solved

and

of

"

sine, that

its

all the

A,

for

tan

a.

is,

values

180"

1)*A,

integer.
the

given by

are

of A

from

obtainable

of

values

all the

k 360"

and

A.

"

from

tan

"

180"+

A.

Products

of

obtainable

tan-1

368.

a,

given

is to

cos-1

367.
And

any

way,

cos

a,

formula

sin-1

366.

In

the

given by

are

from

found

is to be

A=*

sin

of equations

sin (A

B)

sin

(A

B)

cos

(A

cos

(A

(A

B)

" sin (A

cos

(A

B).

"

cos

(A

B).

"

cos2

2?

cos2 A

cos2 B

sin2

sin2 ",
sin2 A.

" (A

" (A

B)

cos

" (A

B) sin " (A

cos

" (A

")

2 sin

" (A

cos

cos

S)

B,

cos2 A.

2 sin

B).

"

sin2

B).

" sin (A

B)

given by

are

Functions.

B)

B)

(A

" (A
sin

B).

B).

B).

" (A

B),

46

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

sin

sin B

tan

j (A

tan

$ (A

B)

sin

cos

cos

380.

cos

**

cos

AA"sinI*
-ta.nl

cos

cos

"

sin (A

(A"B).

sin j(ATB)

T B)

'

sin

"

"

sin } (4 "

sin (A T g)

")

cos

I (A

B)

cos

* (A

"

B)

"

sin A

sin

tanA"tang-8itt(,A"B:"-

385.

cos

cos

ctng"ctnA-.8?n^"g"-

386.

387.

ctn

sin
a88

1? "

tan

sin

C08

"A * g"

cos

sin

zj

"

tan

Z?

sin

"

(A"B)

tan
=

sin

(A

cos

(A"B)

tan

1^

tan

(A

q=

cos

(A

=f 5)

sin

cos2

391.

1 "

tan

tan

ctn

tan

ctn

2?

cos2

tan

sec2 A

(A

"

tan

1? T

tan

ctn

"

tan

-h

5)

tan

cos

esc2

cos

B
,

ctn

5).

tan

ctn

"

"

ctn"tanA"l

"^

"*

=F ctn

"

"

(A"B)

B)

"

ctn

ctn

-sin2

393.

!
"

B "

1?

tan

qoo.

302.

cos

ctn
=

-B)

=F

9"

oy

").

g 4'

* (A

tan

cos

3*
on

B)

sin^Tsing__ctnH^"g)
cos

B)'

"

i (A

tan

3g2"

sin

381.

sin B

"

AA

tan

D
B.

sec2 A

esc2 A.

cps

(A

TRIGONOMETRY

Functions

394.

395.

sin

kA

"A

cos

47

of Multiple Angles.

2 sin

(Aj

I)A

cos

cos

(k

1)A

sin A

"

cos

("

1)A

cos

2 sin

"

("

1)A

"

sin (k

2) A.

sin

("

cos

(A;

sin

2) A,

2) A,

2) A.

(A;

cos

"

396.

397.

398.

399.

2A

sin 3A

3 sin A

sin 4A

4 sin A

sin 5A

5 sin A

sin 6A

"

6 sin

32

sin

cos

3A

"

4 cos3

cos

4A

8 cos4

cos

5A

16

cos5 A

cos

6A

32

cos6 A

0^

sec

1.

20

cos3

48

cos4

18

"

"

tan2 A

ctn

tan

"

^
"

"

2 tan

"

ctn

ctn

tan

-"

tan

"

tan2

404.

1 +

sin

405.

sin 2A

406.

1 +

cos

2A

2 cos2

407.

cos

2A

2 sin2 A.

408.

esc

2A

1.

esc

2A

cos2 A

"

3 tan2

2A

A.

-tan3

403.

"

8 cos2

l A

cos

A.

cos

A.

sec2
**"*

cos

1.

tan2

3 tan

o
"i.
ctnzA

sin3 A

-^55^-.

6A

A.

cos

16 sin5 A.

32

"

cos

2 cos2 A

2 ctn

402.

cos

8 sin8 A

sin3 A

20

tan

cos

2A

+""q"i

tan

4 sin3 A.

cos

tan2A

A.

tan

1)

"

cos

sin5 A

ctn2
"

(k

2 sin

401.

1)A

tan

"

4*w%
400.

(t

tan

tanfcA-

sec

ctn

esc

(sin A
(sin A

2A

="

" (tan

cos

A)2.

cos

A.

ctn

A.

A)2.

ctn

A).

";

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

48

Functions
1

409.

of Half

sin3

"

"A

cos3

Angle.

an

$A.
"J

410.

sin A

411.

cos

1 +

sin A

="

413.

sin A

414.

1 +

cos

415.

cos

416.

sin

417.

cos

"A)2.

cos

^A)3.

2 cos2

Jit.

2 sin2

"A.

"A -Vj(l

jVl

iVl

418.

tan"A=i/"

419.

ctn

sin A

"+

"A -V-"(l

sin A

cos

sin A

jVl

sin A.

A),

cos

"

1 +

A),

cos

^A.

cos

(sin "A

sin2

(sin \A

\A.

cos

"A

cos2

"

412.

\A

2 sin

"

cos

"

iVl
"

cos

sin A.

sin

2 secA
.

420.

sec

sec

2
CSC

421.

"

1 +

sin A

423.

sin A

424.

tan

sec

sec

422.

2 sin2

(45"

2 sin2

(45"

(45" " A)

ctn

\A)

2 cos2

(45"

JA)

2 cos2

(45"

(45" T

A)

1 zb sin 2 A

tan

"A),

=1"tan^
1 T

JA).

cos

"

cos

=F sin A

sin A

l:Fsin2A

49

TRIGONOMETRY

425.

*A)

(45" "

tan

(45" T * A)

ctn

y/l"J5|L4,

_l"SinA^seCil"tanA
cos

cos

1 =F sin A

426.

(A

tan

45")

*an

AA

tan

cos

(45"

"

sin A
427.

sin

428.

cos

(45"

A)

A)

(45"

sin

A)

(45"

cos

A)

cob

"im

V2
429.

tan

(45"

A)

430.

tan

(45"

A)

431.

tan

(45"

A)

432.

sin (30"

A)

433.

sin (30"

A)

434.

cos

(30"

A)

435.

cos

(30"

A)

tan

(45"

tan

(45"

(45"

tan

A)

sin (30"

cos

(30"

cos

(30"

A)

sin A

Vl

"

-cos^tanA

Vl

V^(l

sin A.

\/3

cos

tan2

A) (1

cos

ctn

sec

"A

2 sin2

g\/sec2A-lr

sin

"A

%A

ctn

sec

cos

ctn

^A,

2
ctn

(45"

\A)

"A

tan

2sin2 (45"-

iA)

ctn

\A

1,
1

'

esc

iA

A),

cos

ctn2 A

=2

1
tan

A.

sin

i"nA

2A)

A.

sin A.

frA

2 tan
1 +

V3

cos

tan2 A

A.

cos

Vl

2A.

cos

to

tan

2 tan

A)

=V(1

cos2

sec

1.

A)

Expressions Equivalent
436.

A)

2A.

A)

sin (30"

A)

tan2

(45 "

tan2

(45"

^ A)

"

JA)

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

50

Expressions Equivalent to
437.

cos

Vl

Aa

Aa

a\"

"=

sin2 A

sin

"*"
ctn

V(l

sin A) (1

sin ^

esc

sec

Vcsc2

Vl

"

"VH

ctn2 A

-VKl

tan2 A

cos2 %A
1

sin2

2 sin2

\A

\Ay
2 cos2

JA

tan2 * A

"

tan2

1 +
ctn2

esc

cos2^)-^t

2 sin

A),

"

sin

ctn
=

tan
ctn

A.

cos

\A

ctn^A

\A

-tan^A

ctn2

"A

"A

ctn

JA

tan

tan

1
A

ctn

1 +

A tan \ A'

tan

__J
"

(45" + IA)

tan
-

cos4

(45" + iA)

cos

"A

sin4

"

(45"

cos

tan

23-4
-

"

cos

*A),

\A.

Expressions Equivalent to
438.

^sec2

A.

tan

ctn

sin^

*
-

Vl

Vcsc2

-v/
1

1 +

esc

2A

A
cos

cos2

Vl

'

(45" + }A)

ctn

sin2 A

2A

cos

sin 2A

2A

cos

2A

cos

2A

ctn

1 +

ctn

2tan^A

2A

cos

2 ctn

sin 2A
2 ctn

2A,

jA

tan2

\A

ctn2

\A

l'

2
=

ctn

\A

tan

(45" + jA)

"

tan

\A
-

'

tan

(45"

jA)

2
tan

(45" + A)

tan

(45"

tan

(45"

A)

tan

(45" + A)

1 +

A)

At

51

TRIGONOMETRY

Expressions equivalent
the

reciprocals

sin A,

those

A,

ctn

above

A, and

sec

given

for

tan

the

Arc

A,

esc

are

A, and

cos

respectively,

Functions

In

of

to

the

negative

of

Periodic

Values

of
k

following equations,

is

Angle.

or

integer

any

positive,

0.

or

Kir

sm

0,

sin

2k+l
439.

\ cos

kir

kir

1)*,

ir=0,

cos

2fc+l
tan

440.

sin ^"

0,

tan

sin (2"w "

"

=Fcosf"

441.

esc

"p=

"

442.

cos

cos

"

p)

it

=F sin

[(2k

[(2A;+

cos

J.

1)

"

"p],

4*-l

4"+1
sin

\
jt",

"

etc.

"cosf"
J

(2far" "p)

"p],

1) it "

/4*-l

Tri^j

"

(2far" ^")

csc

/4"+1

oo

""

?"

sin

*"
V

443.

sec

(2far:t ^)

sec

"p=

etc.

"

(2k
+

445.

The
of the

and

ctn

"p

"

formulas

ctn

440,

(fori y")

etc.

442,

and

444

give the

solutions

only

equations.
sin

"p=" "sin

sin

"p

of the

"

cos

a,

tan

"p

"-

" tan

a,

a,

tan

" ctn

a,

ctn

" ctn

a,

"tan

a.

equivalent equations.

csc

^"

csc

"

"

csc

"sec

a,
a,

ctn^"

MATHEMATICAL

62

If

any

reciprocals
the

only

of

two

of

the

each

solution

HANDBOOK

six

values

equal

being

(not
for

"p and

is

Vl

cos-1

2kir +

Circular

Inverse

sin-1

have

other)

"p

446.

functions

elementary

Functions.

x2

a.

tan-1

'

Vl-x2
1

-Vl

ctn-1

x2

sec-1

esc-1-*

=
,

Vl-x2

sin-VjCl-^l-x2)

1-1*13

2 tan-1

j
*

sin-1

2xVTHZ

tan-

sin-1

"

447.

cos-1-1

cos-1

"*"

"

Vl

sin-1

x2

x),

"

iir+i

sin-1

dn-1
sin

Vl-x2

(2x*

1)

(1

2X2).

-Vl-x2

tan-1

cos-1

ctn-1

sec-"1

"

Vl-x2

"

"

"J=,

CSC"1

V* (1 + x),

2 cos-1

Vl-x2

cos-1

(2X2

1)

/Ll_?

tan-\
V

1+x

-VB

,A^X

2 ctn-14

^^tan-f^1-^,
*

\k
\tr

1-2X2

i^r

(2x Vl-x2)

2X2

"

sin-1

COS-1

Vl

*r

/
cos-1

X2.

"

x),

TRIGONOMETRY

448.

tan-1

sin-1

"

"Jtt
"

Vl

x2

Vl

sec

-ii__

z2

tan-1

x2

^-csc-^Vl

tan

"

cos

Vl

"

63

x),

2x

tan-1

"

*
*

sm

-1

hr-

^X

cos

V1

Vl

450.

sin-1

sin-1

sin-1

ir

/-!

sin-1

"

sin-1

x2

-1

COS_1X"

2.

tan-1

y
+

(x Vl

Vl

-i/2

x2),

Vl

x2).

-1

"x2 +

2/2a^l

COS-1!/

(xi/T V(l

"cos-1

45

(xVl-^-yVl-x2).

-Sin-1

451.

"

x2

X3

Vl

(xVl-yt

sin-1

X2

449.

-"

X2

sin-JH^
V

2 tan- _t

X2

2V1

1 +

2Vl

cos-1
_

*
*

"=

1+x2

ctn_1x,

x2

tan-1

tan-

x2) (1

y2)).

H-

"

"

[xy"l.

l-xy

453.

tan-xx+

tan-1

1/

w-

tan-1-^-^-^,
xi/~l

454.

tan-1

tan-1

tan-1

^
"
"

"

1 +

xy

[^2/^1

MATHEMATICAL

54

455.

e**

cosx

456.

e_"x

cos

457.

(cos

^1
459.

cosx

460.

sin

x) (cos

tan

"

sin x)

1.

"
.

(e*

.6*"

e"*),

or

sin

\ (e*

"2tx

tang'-t^

or

tan

a:

e,~

iVl-

"r*).

x2).

462.

cos-1

463.

sin-1

464.

tan-x=-inoge^-^logej^g iiloge^x

loge (x

loge (ix-h Vl

x2).

465.

cos

ix

466.

sin ix

467.
'

tan

468.

6x+tV

469.

ax+iv

ix

ii {?
?!

Cosh

e~x)

(e*

\+

IX

"

" (e*'+en*)

"

x.

i Sinh

IX

x.

See

714.

X)

=iTanhx.

e*+e-*

i sin

e*

(cos-1/ +

ax

[cos (2/loge a)

From

cos

t/).
i sin

eitt+

2isinw
are

i(efa-he_fa).

a:

x.

itan*.

i sin

i sin

tsinx.

tions.
Func-

Logarithmic

and

of Circular, Exponential,

Relations

461.

HANDBOOK

(y loge a)].

e'*",

6*a-e-iM,

obtained,
470.

2"-1

cosTO

47i

l)^"-1

C2

sinw
+

mu

cos

(w

cos

C2

cos

Ct

2)

4)t"+ C3

mw

Cx

(m

cos

(m-

cos

W-C3COS

(w-4)

cos

(m

cos

6)
2)

(m-6)u+
.

when

is even,

(\w""
l ) v~2m~1
-

+C2

sinmu

sin (m.

sin

4)

mw

C3

Ct

sin

sin (m

(m-2)u
-

6)

when
wherein

CVC2,C3...

are

the

Binomial

Coefficients.

+
.

is

odd,

55

TRIGONOMETRY

473.

(cos

474.

vcos

i sin

x"

",

"

x)n

1"

i sin

nx"

cos

"

2kir

"

nx.

sin

"

cos

"

"

sin
n

sin

475.

(x

ty)

476.

cos

(x+

477.

loge (*"iy)

it/)

"

erv)

i(eV

e~"v)

(z2

i log.

sin

i(e^

cos

y*)

""

(e*

%i

a;

(eV

e-v)

cos

x.

e~v)

sm

x-

~~

loge (x"

ty)

iloge

(a?

tf)

"

a:

log,

(Z""\
\x

1)

positive.

is

1)

negative.

a;

"

lo"i

480.

is

2far).

"

ty/

rloge (

"

(tan-1

2t

+t7ten-1J
"(2fc
when

479.

2faA

(tan-^
when

478.

2for

""

2kiri,

-"(2*+J)iri,

log.(-l)-"(2i

l)wi,

log,(-i)-"(2*+i)"t.

g*

e(2* +

*)iri

t-

481.

e(2A +

gtt+2Jbri
^

"*

482#

l)iri

be

modulus

and

483.

484.

log,

its

(cos

real

variable,

any

log,

sin

(0

J0*

and

Then,

argument.

0+i

imaginary;

or

0)

re*
-

2for)

i.

"2*+iMf

gtf+^Jfe+lM

1-t*,

Let

re"tf+2*ir)i,

|)*".

"2fc +

let

be

its

MATHEMATICAL

66

HANDBOOK

PLANE

TRIANGLES.

General

Formulas

usually

in sets

The

printed.

This

the

applied

[c

All

the

gives

\b

501.

="

cos

cos

cos

relations

B,

cos

C,

cos

A.

between

derived

be

502.

+B+C

the

three

the

so

a,

be

in all

also

order.

gives

501

the

applied

cases.

plane triangle

by algebraic

can,

to

fixed

this

six parts of

in, and

from

equations,

mations,
transfor-

501.

180".

And

third, and

the

to

cyclic change

of

triangles

needs

c, and

equation

gives

cos

implicitly contained

are

first

of

one

by

in

always

first again.

the

it

6 to

6,

to

A,

second

only

from

to

the

to

the

to

which

of

obtained

are

applied

ca

three,

and

C,

to

third

general properties

is, by changing

process

second,
to

B,

to

of

others

of letters,that
A

the

expressing

occur

Properties.

503
sin

sin

a+b

tan

504.

sin J

507.

a2

508.

a2 +

b2 +

c2

(A

26c

ft2 +

"

symbol

one

c2

26c

indicates

B)
cos

cos

that

is printed, the

cyclicchange

(3).

A
.

only

".

sinHA-")
.

The

@*

B)

by

i (A

cos

gLz"

506.

one

B)

iU-B)

cos

which

""

of

\ (A

ta,ni(A-B)

^"_6

sin

a-b

K0"

of letters.

there
other

(3).

2ca

is
two

cos

2? +

full set

being

2a6

of

cos

three

obtainable

C.

equations
from

this

67

TRIGONOMETRY

If d
the

denote

the

point where

with

each

the

sides

and

making

meet

from

drawn

parallelogram

angle

an

other,
d?

509.

a2 +

Let

510.

of

diagonal

62 +

2ab

s=i(a+b

whence,

c),

s-a=$(-a+b
8

sin

}A

% (a
" (a

6-f

c),

c).

yAs

512.

cos

\A

c),

W8

Six.

C.

cos

c"

"

-i/s(s"a)

""".

"

-""

"

6c

.".
"/("-fc)("-c)

tani-i-

513.

"

(s

"

a)

Let

denote

the

of the

radius

circle.

inscribed

r.y/("-")("-ft)("-"0,

514.

"A

tan

^Z?

tan

sin fr# sin

\C

\C,

tan

(3).

"A

cos

tan|A

5i5-

Let

516-

denote

sr

the

Vs

(s

i V^c2

cos

b +

1 (a

c2 sin A

(A

sin A

a4

b4

c4,

\Cy

cos

"A

$B

tan

tan

"C,

sin 5

"a6 sin C

...

5)

OT7

517.'
"

^2?

cos

c)2 tan

2 sin

2a262

\A

c),

6 +

b) (s

2c2a2

"

a+

triangle.

a) (s

"

of the

area

(3).

"

9
-

"

be

"r
"

"

be

"

-fa
""

(3).

MATHEMATICAL

68

Let
upon

Pat

the

pi,

denote

pe

sides

HANDBOOK

b, and

a,

sin A

be
o
518.

"

pa

=*

'

n
C

sin

Br"

sin

=*

vertices

Then

respectively.

the

from

perpendiculars

/"\

="

(J)

"

"

"

sin C

sin 5

2T

^
.(").

"

a=

"

Let
circles

ra,

and

r6,

T"

521.

rar6rc

522.

523.

tan

a"c

Vrarb

"4

ra

|B

respectively.

jC

cos

"

4 4

cos

i/^5. .".
=

"

1.1.1

the

pa

radius

Pt

Pc

of the

circumscribed

circle.

esc

iV(b

c)28ec2iA+(b-c)2c8c2$A.

\A

sec

(ra +

-i

"

re

Js

"C.

cos

VV6rc + Vrcrfl

\a

\B

cos

rb

"^4

cos

denote

b, and
coe

escribed

three

a,

"

"

"

sides

"

1.1.1

525.

the

the

of

Wraryc.

520.

M.
524,

radii

jA

tan

"

r"-

Let

the

denote

rc

touching externally

519.

"

sin

%B

sec

.(f),

"C,

sec

rc-r)

r6 +

--jy-

a5c

526.

2flr

6+

a+

527.

iZ

"

^R?

^ (a

ctn

sum

of the

the

528,

2Rr

" ctn

J5

ctn

perpendiculars

centre

of the

distance
inscribed

(7),
to

the

circumscribing

between
and

the

centres

circumscribed

sides

from

circle.

of

the

circles.

TRIGONOMETRY

If
the

be

the

centre

of the

vertex

520.

of

the

inscribed

Aa

Bd

cos

cos

sin 2? sin C

2a

cos

2? +

cos

1
1
H.

"

cos

(o\

"

"W'

"

"

4R

2a

b +

531*

from

".

"A

cos

a+b+

cos

circle its distance

triangle is

oa

530.

59

sin 4

sin 2? sin

sin 2? sin C

.(3).
.

If A

"

532.

sin A

sin

533.

sin A

sin 5

534.

cos

535.

cos

cos

536.

tan

tan

537.

ctn

\A

538.

sin

2A

539.

cos

2A

540.

ctn

ctn

A. +

If A

cos

sin C

"

4 sin

"A sin "J5

4 sin

$A

cos

2? +

cos

tan

"2? +

ctn

sin 2B

2B

cos

2? +

ctn

532-540,

sin C

J C

sin 2C

"

C+

ctn

cos

ctn

cos

\C"

tan

Angles, A

J5 +

"2? ctn

543'

Inscribed

sin 2? sin C,
A

J?

cos

ctn

180".

tan

in

Sides,

180",

2?'tan

tan

a2 +

C0Sjg"

fe2

c2

C"

cos

1,

1.

ab
bc

tan

1.

Circle.

"

a,

cd

b,

da

"

c,

d.
.u

d2

.1

'

2(a6

544.

1,

"C,

:/
.

C,

tan

ctn

"C,

"2? sin "C-

"A

cos

"2? sin JC

cos

4 sin

sin

tan

ctn

"

"

2C

cos

%B

cos

%A

cos

tan

"

|A

cos

ctn

Quadrilateral

The

542.

J3+C-900,

tan

541.

follow

180", then

C,

Diagonal,

Tc2

cd)

(ac+6f)(af+6c)
-

ab

cd

Put

545-

* (a+

-\/(8
"

area

6 +

c+

a) (s
of the

d),
6) (s

c) (s

quadrilateral.

d)

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

60

20
sin A

546.

sin C

^-r-

"

bc+

"

da

20
sin

547.

sin

Z)

"

ao

Radius

of the

548.

V(a6

erf)(ac

Solution
Case

549.
A. and

6c).

Triangles.
and

angle

an

a, and

B,

6d) (ad

of Right

Given

I.
find

ft,to

circle,

circumscribed

-=-

ca

hypotenuse,

the

6.
90"

A.

"

" sin

A.

log a

ft

A.

log

Test.

The

and

log a

log 6
II.

find

to

o,

values

computed

Case

550.
A

cos

b),

log (ft+ a)

log (ft

a).

and

6,

90"

ctn

A.

log

log

to

III.
find

values

ft

b tan

log

ctn

A.

b should

log (ft

a).

angle

an

and

the

satisfy

leg adjacent,

a.

90"

values

v"

A.

ft

log a

A.

log

esc

log (ft+ a)

ft,and

log a

log

of ft and

log

b),

computed
2

log a

log (ft

A.

The

A.

sec

log

log (ft+ 6)

Given

By

leg opposite,

A.

log ft

satisfy

6.

-4.

computed

the

and

angle

an

J5

Test.

A.
A.

cos

6 should

log (ft

B, ft,and

log a

and

esc

Case

551.

of

log

ft +

Given

log

The

Test.

log (h+b)

B
ft

log ft + log sin

log

b 4-

log

log

6 4-

log

of ft and

sec

should

log (ft4- b)

4-

log (ft

"),

log (ft4- a)

log (ft

a).

tan

A.
A.

satisfy

ft

TRIGONOMETRY

Case

552.
find

to

IV.

Given

A, B, and

61

the

and

hypotenuse

leg, A and

a,

b.
"

sin A

cos

lo" sin A

",

loS

"

log

"

cos

co-log h"

a+

10.

ii-sin-"",

whence

\/{h

"

a) (A

The

Test.

and

log

b 4-

Given

V.

Case

553.

" [log (^

tan

the

of

values

computed
log

log

a),

log

log (h

a)].

satisfy

a.

legs, a

two

4-

b should

and

a)

and

b7

find

to

A, B,

A.
Jx

tan

1"S

=s

-A

tan

"

log

ctn

log

"

ctn

"

iiii-k

4-

co-log

10.

"

"

tan

"

"

-ctn-1?-.

esc

log

.4,

log

4-

log

esc

A.

-VW"2.
The

Test.

log

log

Special

h
b with

gives

great

accuracy

"

tan

great
when

\A

4-

6)

4-

log (A

log (h

4-

a)

4-

log (^

for Plane
b

2h

sin2

h and

6),
a).

Triangles.

"A,
A

is small,

or

with

nearly equal.

are

y/|-fr_ft4-

Right

when

accuracy

satisfy

log (h

Formulas

554.

555.

of A should

value

computed

6
a

62

MATHEMATICAL

55"".

(45" "

tan

A)

HANDBOOK

"""

oT

BinCg-^^^+y-^cos^-^-^.

557.

558.

(B

t"n

{b + a) (b

A)

a\

2ab

formula

and

which

For

and

the

functions

of S

use

and

2",

to

up

see

sum

the

triangles, formed

by

given (549-553),
Either

method

obtained
methods
To

the

the

well

accuracy

be

a,

to

difference

the

test

ap,

of

these

(1) by

right

two

from

any

methods

above

given

parts

required

parts.

of the

solutions

in

results

by

both

formulas.

notation

and

of

accuracy

outlines

of

marked

the

out

following

b,

of

ways,

perpendicular

The

the

in

vertices

triangle

two

right triangles by

uniformity

in

the

or

working

other.

given

preserve

from
of

and

the

are

values

(w) by substituting the

serves

by

of the

solved

drawing

or

formulas,

general

great

Oblique Triangles.
be

these

solving

table

Plane

of

it into

and

with

when

accuracy

83.

page

can

vertex,

or

T7, and

oblique triangle

converting

great

given nearly equal.

are

Solution

An

with

given nearly equal,

are

when

B-A

gives

let the
the

upon

sides

a,

respectively;

cr

bq,

lars
perpendicub, and
so

that

always
559-

These

had
Case

find

a,

to

as

the

I.

b, and

hold

equations

falls without
be

4- pc,

bp

when

cq

as

well

ar

when

it falls within

principle stated

Given

qa,

two

angles

in

180"-

rb.

the

the

perpendicular

triangle, if regard

335.

and

side, A, B,

C.
C=

(A

B).

and

c,

to

TRIGONOMETRY

First

560.
either

end

Method.

of the

ap

"

sin B.

bp

"

cos

pc

"

ap

ctn

BP

ap

csc

Either
the

drawing

By

Perpendicular

ap.

bq

B.

qc

PC.

C.

affords

test

of

By

the

Method.

Second

cos

bq

ctn

AQ

bq

csc

"

the

A.
C.

QC.

results

obtained

by

sin A.

Compute

b=

2R

sin B.

aid

2R

sin

"

="

C.

Otherwise

by

2R

of

the

(or log 2R)

last of

the

tions, then
other

562.

formulas.

general

2R

and

these

by

by

equa-

aid of the

two.

formulas

b-cVHt^-W-S.

i (A

cos

B)

rinl(A-g

6,

sin J (A

which, being in different

afford

Case

find

to

First

563,

two

A, B, and

side

the

and

sides

las
formu-

included

angle,

drawing

By

Perpendicular

sin C.

the

from

of

end

the

shorter.

tan

or

"

tan-1

QA

"
"

"

cos

C.
CQ.

6,

QA

B=
C

180"
=

BQ

CSC

(C
A

A).

QA

Sec

ii.

to

Let

bq.

QA

cq

a,

perpendicular

a.

bq

sults
re-

c.

Method.

longer given

"

the

the

first used.

Given

II.

C,

the

by

form,

J(iS-i)).

6-

and

of

test

obtained

B)

good

,j

a="(/S+D).

other.

561.

sin A.

bq.

aq

C.

process

from

perpendicular

side.

given

Perpendicular

63

64

MATHEMATICAL

Second

564.

Method.

i (A

B)

i (A

tan

HANDBOOK

90"

5)

i(A

B)

" (A

5)

test,

sin

l(A-B).

I (A

"

be

B)

tnem

b,

a,

A,

and

sides

two

by

C.

either

of the

equations
fl).

^sini(A-S)

angle opposite

the

B, C, and

find

to

and

cosi(A-B)

Given

"

sin

(q-6)sinH^+

III.

0
2RD

"

sin

computed

c=(a+b)coaiU +

Case

5).

6 sin
"

"

may

"

B).

sin

as

" (A

formulas.

general

JC.

^ tan

"

Or,

the

By

one

of

c.

the

Method.

First

565.

point

where

ar
rb

Angle

rcb

"

b sin A.

"

meet.

A.

cos

\/(a 4- cr) (a

ar

"

rb,

Cx

AR

RB

:2
C2

AR

"

RB

acr

90"

cr).

Cx

A.

sin-1

C2

cr

acr

ACR

Bx

180"

"2

180"

6 sin A

"

solution.

double

"

cos-1"

"

If

perpendicular

cr.

cr

Angle

drawing

given sides

the

Perpendicular

By

4- RCB
RCB

a, there

(A

Cx)

(A

C2)

is

no

C2

4-

Cx

real solution.

fron

TRIGONOMETRY

Second

566.

Method.

65

the

By

general

formulas.

b8mA
b

sm

giving

of

values

two

B, B1

90"

"

B2.

"

C1

sin C,

a
c

C2

A,

B2-

c2

If

C2

Case

Method.

longest side,

of the
Let

other

second

sides

real solution.

no

solution

a,

6,

drawing

is

not

and

c,

is inadmissible.

find

to

the

to

or

By
side

the

that

perpendicular
less than

to

either

two.

b"

three

is

C.

and

First

567.

the

1, there

the

negative

Given

IV.

than

greater

out

comes

angles A, B,

the

out

comes

'

sin A

sin A
If sin B

sin C2

'

A.

BX-

Or, let

a.

Perpendicular

rb

less than

not

either

which

may

or

a.

c.

(b +

ar

be

cr.

ar

rb

a)L-^(b-

a)'-

cosA=^"

or^=cos-1^6

52

5=

cos

"

B=

or

cos-1

"
"

C=

the

180"-

(A

another

Test, by drawing
outside

B),

perpendicular,

fall

triangle.

Perpendicular

(which

ap

is

supposed

fall outside

to

triangle),
bp

cp

"

CP

a.

(c- b)
L'

(c+b)
BP

"

BP

BP

cos

cos

"

"

"

or

"orC

180"

-(B

cos-1

cos-1
-

C).

"
"

w(
"

) " 90".

the

66

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

Second

568.

Method.

J(b
-

(s

a)

formulas.

general

the

By

b)

(s

c)

tani"--V"

tan*;!

tan*C

""

"

Test.

The

or

8-c

180".

also

may

be

\/(s

\A

computed

by

fr" (S
"

C)

-CD

"

"

ooB}A-\A(8~a)'

by

"

half-angles

8in

"
=

s-b

s-a

*"'
"

oc

"

Formulas

Special

for

the

of

case

nearly

two

equal

sides

angles,

*"

569.

cos

(A

sin

B)

8inH^-*)-9(a-^n/m-.-(3).

570.

2o

functions

.".
"

sin

For

l(A~B)

the

of

use

up

to

2",

and

see

T7

page

cos

and

83.

"

(A

table

of

2?)

the

values

of

these

or

67

TRIGONOMETRY

SPHERICAL

TRIANGLES.

General

Let

c, denote

b,

a,

the

spherical triangle;
A'
}

B', C", the

601.

The
the

Properties.

sides

and

let

a',

angles

of its

The
derived

',c',

180".

a'

180".

B'

180".

6'

180".

C"

180".

c'

180".

ap,

the

with

fundamental
all

other

cos

sin b sin

cos

A,

cos

B,

cos

"

cos

cos

sin

sin

cos

cos

cos

b +

sin

sin 6

sin 6

sine

sin A

sin 5

sin C

cos

cos

cos

ctn

ctn

6 sin

ctn

are

cos

""

its

sin

in

relating

cos

603.

drawn

cr,

polar

or

can

cos

cos

cos

cos

cos

cos

sin 2? sin C

sin C sin A
sin A

cos
cos

sin 5

cos

sin C

ctn

ctn

ctn

C,

cos

cos

C+

cos

cos

sin

sin

cos

cos

sinB

sin

sin b

Modulus.

jTfo

A,

605.
ctn

ctn

6 sin

ctn

sin b

i? + sin B

ctn

A,

ctn

B,

cos

cos

cos

+sin

cos

cos

cos

and

in

sin A

ctn

C.

angle.
tri-

be

spherical

to

three,

(cos

perpendicular great-

which

general equations

these

bq,

drawn

from

equations,

sides

of

Then

Af

great-circle arcs

angles

the

a'p', b'q', c'r', similarly

arcs

denote

perpendicular

triangles,are

604.

polar triangle.

spherical triangle coincide

circle

A, B, C, the

and

a,

6,
a

MATHEMATICAL

68

sin

HANDBOOK

cos

sin

cos

sin b

cos

sin

cos

sin

cos

sin 6

cos

sin

cos

sin b

cos

cos

sin

cos

cos

sin

cos

sin 6

cos

A,

sin

cos

J5,

cos

C,

cos

A,

cos

B,

cos

C.

cos

"

cos

"

cos

6 sin

cos

b sin

"

cos

sin

"

cos

sin 6

"

c
a

606.

sin 6
y. sin
r

sin A

cos

sin 5

cos

sin

cos

"

cos

sin B

cos

a,

cos

4- cos

sin

cos

6,

cos

4- cos

sin

cos

c,

sin B

cos

sin

cos

a,

sin

cos

6,

sin B

cos

c.

sin

cos

sin A
sin

607.
sin A

608.

cos

sin 5

cos

sin

sin

cos

sin A

cos

cos

"

\A

sin

6 +

4-

(B

cos

cos

cos

cos

sin 5

+2

"A

sin2

"A

"

sin C

(8),
(3).

sin C sin2 "a

2 sin "

"

6) sin
f" :

(s
*

"

cos2 "a

sin

/?n

'--

-.

sin

-(A)-

"7

sin

c)

"

sin (s-a)

"

"

.".

tanU-v/Sin-(8"")S)n(8;C)-""

"

614.

cos

sin

613.

C)

"

V/

A. +

2 sin b sin

C)

/sin (s
*

/sins

"AA

cos

c).

"

612.

cos

2 sin 6 sin c cos2

1/
4

c)

(B

cos

" (a+

611.

(b

cos

610.

(6 + c)

cos

"

609,

S-J(A

2E

616.

cos

"a

sin

(s

a)

"

C).

of

Excess

Spherical
615.

sin

Spherical Triangle
180"

2"S

1/
.

sm

5p

2E.

"

180".

L"

-CD,

"

sin

cosQS-j^cobQS-C)
v/
sin J5 sin C

.(3).
.

TRIGONOMETRY

69

dn^i/*1?"? "*-*"...",

6iy.

sin

/-cos "S

sin

(aS- A)

cos

sin B

sin C

/sin(ff-fl)sin(C-ff)

*,"

6i8.

i
io

"*"

ctn

"
.

sin (A

(S

fl) cos

cos

Let
the

"15

denote

"s

the

"

n*

2?)

(S

C)

(3)

Vtan

cos

tan

sin En

v'
619.

^
-""

'

4
=

("

cos

" (s

tan

tan"(s

a) tan"(s-6)

of

radius

polar

A)

"

circle

the

"

inscribed

spherical triangle.

J^n

620.

tan

(s

a)

(s-b) sin (s-c)

Bin

Let
about

denote

the

621.

the

sin
radius

polar

of the

circle

circumscribed

spherical triangle.

ctn

WaMA-g"8in
V

622.

8ln iC-E)

(B~E)
sin 2?

tfnr

tan"A=

"

".

"

(s

sin

623.

a)

"

.C^fi",- "($)"

ctnfri-

"

(A

sin

ctnfi-l/"7^"^

cos

624.

V
-

E)
(j?~ *"
"

cos

ct*g

625.

ctn"a~

"

(o

cos

626.

2 tan

sin

2 ctn

sin

c
.

627.

-".

"

A)

sin b sin

sin A

2"

sin

^H.

cos

"

sin 2? sin C.

tan

628.

Af

"

the

modulus

sin

ctn

sin E

(3).

.(f).

c).
in

70

MATHEMATICAL

HANDBOOK

ft

tan

'

629.

tan*

ft

tan

\a

tan

1 +

upon

pfc, pc,

the

sides

cos

denote

the

b,

a,

6 +

cos

cos

perpendicular
respectively

c,

cos

sin

%b

tan

2 tan

pa,

"@

1 +

Let

sin C

great-circle arcs

from

the

opposite

vertices.

sin b sin C

sin pa=

630.

sin 6 sin

sin

"

sin 2?

("),

sin 5

sin C

sin A

sin

3"

sin

2 tan

sin A

sin

fi sin 2?

2 ctn

"

sin

Let
the

denote

ra, r6, rc,

three

triangles

original triangle

sin A

the

radii

formed

till

circles

the

of

by prolonging

they

meet

inscribed

the

in
the

of

sides

in

points diametrically

of

the

posite
op-

its vertices.

Ra" Rb, Rc

Let

these

about

631.

sin

Ra

ctn

the

radii

circles

circumscribed

triangles.

same

tanrg

632.

denote

tan

sin E

"A

Ja

ctn

tanf.

sm

sin

(s

sm

fJctnT?- "

sin

(A

"

"

""

a)

"

"

"

E)

Cagnoli's Equation.
633.
sin

sin b

Either

cos

member

cos

of

cos

this

given spherical triangle

"

sin il sin 2?

equation

and

in its

has

"

the

cos

same

polar triangle.

cos

value

cos

c.

in

71

TRIGONOMETRY

Gauss's
sin j

,..

Equations.

(A +B)

j (a

cos

b)

%C

COS

sin

sin j (A -B)

(\\\

C"S

/;;;\

sin

"C

CQ8HA

fiv)

sin

~#)

Analogies.

B)

tail

jc

B)

j (A

cos

("\

" (a

tan

i?)

tan

b)f

\c

i (A

cos

635.

sin

B)

"

^ (a

(ni)

b)

b)9

$ (a+

tan

ctn

frC

(iv)

sin

" (a

cos

\ (a

6)

" (A

tan

fr)

5)

'

frC

ctn

i (a

cos

from

the

h for

6)

\ (A

tan

B)'

for Spherical Right Triangles.

Equations

'

b)

sin "c

sin " (A

writing

j (a

"C

sin j (A

(i)

and

6)

"c

cos

Napier's

Derived

(a

sin

Ten

cos

6)

$c

sin

(A. +22)

j (a

"C

cos

634.

"c

COS

c.

Usually

cited

as

by making

general equations

Rules.

Napier's

sin

sin

h sin

A,

cos

sin

"

tan

6 ctn

5,

cos

sin b

"

sin

A sin 5,

cos

"

sin b

"

tan

cos

cos

90"

sin

B,

ctn

h tan

cos

b sin

A,

ctn

h tan

a,

ft,

636.

Ten

Derived

Equations

cos

"

cos

ctn

"

6,

cos

B.

ctn

Triangles.

general equations by making

sin A

sin C

sin

tan

sin 5

sin C

sin Z?

tan

cos

"

for Spherical Quadrantal

the

from

A,

ctn

sin

a,

6,

ctn

sin 6,

cos

cos

cos

A
ctn

"

cos

cos

cos

"

cos

cos

ctn

ctn

637A

ctn

a,

cos

"

"

cos

"

5,
6.

ctn

90".

sin 6,
C

tan

5,

sin a,
C

tan

ii,

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

72

The
Case

638.
For

of Spherical Right Triangles.

Solution
I.

Given

and

A,

tan

ctn

sin A

sin

cos

tan

A,

a2

tan

cos

A.

b2

A,

sin

For

test,
b ctn

a=tan

180"

av

180"

blf

180"

Bv

values

computed

B.

For

Given

and

sin

ctn

-4 tan

sin J?

cos

esc

"

sin

A2

a,

No

solution

if

"

(a -90")

""

is, if sin

Case

For

III.

ctn

cos

2?

"

Given

tan

sin

b,

cos

ctn

6,

"

and

6,

cos

tan

belong

cos

cos

6
A

tan

the
gether,
to-

5.

cos

A, and

a,

of

values

B.

each

puted
com-

part,
a2

A2

6.

B2
For

of

-"

find

to

Two

sin A

puted
com-

-Bv

which

"

A.

-solution,
tan

5.

each

values

tan

640.

sin B.

of

deciding

(4-90");
sin

-"^540"

computed

sin A.

"

cos

hv

180"

cos

that

h, b, and

180"

For

sin B

=*

sin

b2= 180"-61,or540"-61,

a.

test,
b

gether,
to-

part,

52=
For

the

"

"

values

sin a,

sec

of

"

"

find

Two

"

to

a,

solution,

sin

puted
com-

belong

tan

Aa

cos

II.

which

deciding

Case

each

of

tan

639.

B.

part,

B2
For

6, and

a,

values

Two

solution,

sin

find

to

180"

al9

180"

hv

360"

Bv

test,
a

ctn

cos

2*.

For

deciding

computed

sin

which

values

sin

belong
b
sin A.

sin A

of the

sin B

gether,
to-

TRIGONOMETRY

IV.

Case

641.

Given

73

ft and

solution,

For

sin A
b

cos

cos

esc

ft sin a,

"

cos

ft sec

ctn

ft tan

A2

a,

sin A

For
b

cos

cos

"

180"

b2

a.

test,

of

B.

each

puted
com-

part,

B2
For

A, b, and

values

Two

"

find

to

a,

360"

360"

bv

Bv

which

deciding
values

computed

".

Av

tan

the

belong

sin b tan

gether,
to-

A,

cos
cosa

of

sin B
No
or

if

solution

if

Case

642.
For

"

90"

and

either

ft "

or

ft "

180"

a;

"

90"

and

either

ft "

or

180"

a.

V.

Given

and

6,

ft

cos

ctn

ctn

Z?

values

6,

cos

cos

ctn

sin b,

sin

find ft,A, and

to

Two

solution,

h2
A2
B2

For

of

each

ctn

360"

hv

180"

Av

180"

B1B

ctn

ft.

cos

For

which

deciding
values

computed
sin

sin

Case

Given

VI.

and

B,

ctn

cos

esc

B,

h2

esc

cos

#.

a2

"

cos

cos

5,

sin ft.

cos

of

6.

each

puted
com-

part,
-

360"

360"

360"

b2
For

gether,
to-

sin B

values

ctn

cos

the

find A, a, and

to

Two

solution,

of

belong

sin A

For

puted
com-

test,

643.

5.

part,

6.

ctn

"

""
alf

bv

test,
a

cos

cos

A.

For

deciding
values

computed
sin

which

sin A

sin

of

the

belong
b
sin ft.

sin B

gether,
to-

74

Solution
Case

644.
a,

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

b, and
Two

of Spherical Oblique Triangles.

Given

I.

C,

to

find

and

A, B,

c2

Which

the

of

of the

180"

180"

360"

angle,

which

belong together

sin b

of the

values

of af

belong

to

b,

and

by

with

the

triangle has
First

A,

C,

make

Method.

ctn

A .,

cos

other

Bd

cos

cos

"

Second

make

each

words,

modulus.

602,

cos

cos

sin

sin b

cos

"

sin

tive,
posi-

other

"

cos

In

sin

ratios

which

negative

and

sin

"

these

triangle.

sin
.

ctn

sin b

of

those

By 605

which,

c,

each

and

positive, the

and

B,

other

the

to

of

triangle,

one

negative belong

cos

b +

cos

sin

sin

the

sin b

Based

Method.

[634], which, by taking

written

is decided

sin C

sin B

values

computed

646.

other

parts

as

sine
=

sin A

645.

cv

parts

as

given

Blt

equations
sin

The

Al9

values

computed

triangle and

one

means

one

included

c.

B2

ratio

the

triangles always possible.

A2

of

and

sides

two

Gauss's

on

of each

logarithm

cos

Equations

term,

may

thus:

(i) log sin i (A

(ii)log sin " (A

log

log

cos

B)

B)

cos

\c

\ (a -b)

log sin "c

log sin i (a
(iii)log

cos

\ (A

B)

log
(iv) log

cos

i (A

B)

log

cos

cos

$ (a

log

sin \c

\c

sin J (a

JC,

6)

log

cos

"C,

b)

log

sin

"C,

6)

log

sin

\C

-f

cos

log

log

be

76

TRIGONOMETRY

[635], which,
written

(iii)log

" (A

\c

(i) log

B)

log

sin "

(a

\ (A

log sec

b)

log

ctn

"C,

6)

log

ctn

"C,

B)

%(A-

log esc

log tan "a

from

the

to

the

into

converted

log tan

B)+

drawing

By

perpendicular

arc

6)

i (a

difference

the

or

side, the

opposite

sum

from

or

6).

spherical right triangles.

Perpendicular
cq

tan

"

qa

360"

ctn

cos

A
c

"

649.
Bf

sec

is

cos

II.
c

pb

"

cq

sin

qa.

ctn

cq

cos

qa.

cos

equivalent

or

tan

Given
find

to

"

pb

a,

or

"p

two

C.

C.

cos
J\Jf"3

ctn

cos

of

V/

"

cp

esc
sec

cp.

cp

sin
cos

writers

some

by

the

)
pb.
pb.

who

equation

C.

cos

angles

b, and

360"

ap.

CPj""

defined

x,

tan

that

to

tan

cp

or

cq.

esc

Case
and

tan

auxiliary angle,

an

"p =tan

C.

CQ,

method

introduce

Perpendicular

bq.

cos

qa

This

A,

Z?) +

required triangle is

tan

cos

Method.

great-circle

of two

\ (a

log

Fourth

648.

cos

be

may

b)

log sin " (A

ctn

term,

"

\c

tan

B)

i (A

log cos

or

of each

logarithm

Analogies

b) +

i (a

esc

tan

B)

" (a

sec

tan

log
(ii)log

i (A

tan

log

tan

the

by taking

Napier's

on

thus:

(iv) log

Based

Method.

Third

647.

and
Two

the

included

side

triangles always

possible.
a,

C-

Which

values

180"

alf

180"

bl9

360"

belong together

Cv

is decided

equations
sin

sin A

sin

sin 2?

sin

sin C

by

means

of the

76

MATHEMATICAL

HANDBOOK
*

The

computed
values

of

belong

to

given

ratio
has

values

A, Bf and

positive,the

First

Method.

those

other

sin

604,

sin A

"=

"

"

cos

make

each

triangle

cos

sin

tive
posi-

One

"

ratios

modulus.

and
+

which

triangle.

negative

of these

the

with

which,

C,

each

and

the

By 605
cos

,.
ctn

c, make

to

other

b, and

a,

triangle,

one

negative belong
a

of

sin

"

sin

cos

,.
ctn

cos

"

Second

650.
(634)

"

the

cos

c
y

sin

Based

"

which, by taking

cos

c.

Gauss's

on

logarithm

sin

each

of

Equations
term,

be

may

thus*.

written

(i) log

cos

i (a

b)

log

cos

\C

log sin " (A

(ii)log sin % (a

(iii)log

" (a

cos

b)

cos

log

sin \ (A

sin

(iv) log

fc)+ log sin "C

\ (a

b)

log

log

Method.

Third

651.

(635), which,

tan

log
(ii) log

(iii)log

sec

esc

ctn

log

i (a

sin
cos

"C

the

"c,

cos

B)

log

sin

Jc,

$ (A

B)

log

"c,

cos

"

\ (A

Based

taking

sec

b)

" (A
" (a

ctn

log
(iv) log

esc

tan

log

cos

log

B)

"

log sin "c.

Napier's

on

logarithm

Analogies

of each

term,

B)

log

tan

"c,

B)

log

tan

"c,

may

thus:

written

(i) log

by

\C

B)

log

log

be

cos

Method.

sin B

Zj sin

sin

cos

cos
-"

"

b)

\ (A

\C

log sin J (4

log

5)

cos

" (A

" (a

iC

B)

b)

log

sin

" (a

6)

J (o

6) + log tan } (A

log

tan

" (A -5),

" (o

b) +

log cos

B).

TRIGONOMETRY

Fourth

652.

Method.

great-circle arc

converted

Perpendicular
ctn

abq

QBC

qbc

ctn

cos

the

into

opposite

sum

the

or

ctn

cos

Two

c,

-abq

abq

sec

or
cos

Given

III.

by and

a,

A,

bap

pac

pac

both

possible when

both

impossible

value

The

the

difference

cos

cos

the

pac,

sin

cscbap

B, C, and

c,

bap

bap

sec

and

ap.

BAP

360"

=cos

sides

find

pac.

angle opposite

c.

of

"

sin b sin A

sin

"

sin

sin

when

when

the

sin

modulus

is

b sin

A,

sin b sin A.
M

given by

.m

computed
the

according

the

First

654.

values

given

taken

so

Method.

of

Bt

or

sin b
c

sin b

cos

"

cos

"

sin 6

cos

cos

cos

the

can

value

"

cos

cos

sin

cos

cos

sin

cos

cos

2?

cos2

cos

sin B

cos

sin

cos

cos

sin 5

cos

cos

cos

sin B

cos

cos

"

sin A

cos

cos

sin

sin

"

formulas

result
of B

cos

Since

sin

"

cos* A
C

cos2

"

540".

cos

Bin

B2

cos

cos

607,

"

cos2
c

sin

negative

or

180",

B2=

angles
tri-

A.

sin

Bt+

both

b sin A

sin
BD

positive

602, 606, and

By
sin

and

Hence

give

to

as

be

will

which

modulus,

same

to

be

must

parts

sin

each

side,

triangles,

identical

there

tan

b =ctn

cos

two
to

ctn

ctn

qbc,

sin qbc.

abq

esc

Case
them

cos

ABQ

"

360"

of

the

from

or

Perpendicular

bq.

tan

653.
one

the

to

spherical right triangles.

two

or

from

drawing

By

perpendicular

required triangle is
of

77

but

give
one

the

value

substituted.

values
of

The

of both
between

same

0" and

remark

and

cos

360"

c,

for

appliesto C,

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

78
"

Second

655.
been

computed

(i) log

(ii)log

in the

as

the

by substituting
(634),

"C

\C

cos

"

(iii)log sin %C

(iv) log

sin \C

computed
in

log

cos

log

sin "

log

sin

log

sin \ (A

log

cos

\c

log

cos

\ (A

log

sin

\c

log

cos

"c

in

as

the

having
found

are

in Gauss's

tions
Equa-

follows:

as

"

(A

\c

B)

log

\ (a

cos

b),

"

B)

log sin % (a

6),

"

"

B)

log

i (a

cos

b),

"

" (A
The

B)

values

two

Napier's Analogies

log

"

Method,

First

and

separately

written

Method.

Third

656.

of

be

may

Method,

of

values

two

First

values

which

cos

The

Method.

sin

separately

which

6).

By having been

of

are

(635),

\ (a

may

be

tuted
substiwritten

thus:

(i) log

\c=*

tan

log sin J (A
(ii)log

Jc

tan

(iii)log

\C

ctn

ctn

log
657.
cr

from

"C

triangles cra

5)

6)

(a

Fourth
c

B)

log tan

" (a -6),

\ (A

log sec

2?)+ log tan

^ (a + 6),

log esc

\ (a

log

\ (a

6)

log tan " (A

B)y

="

cos

" (A

esc

log sin " (a

(iv) log

log

="

" (A

log cos

B)

6)

sec

By

Method.

perpendicular
and

crb

are

log tan " (A

drawing

the

to

6)

formed

which

may

follows:
sin B

"

tan

ar

"

cos

rb

Ct
C2

esc

sin b sin A,

tan

cos

ar

"

AR+

AR

A,

cos
cos

sec

b ctn

cos

rcb

cos

acr

ACR

C3=

ACR-

6,

RB

"

acr

"

sec

RB

tan

Cx

A,
ctn

RCB

RCB

tan

6,

B)

great-circle arc
side,

opposite

be

two

right

solved

as

TRIGONOMETRY

Case

658.

A, By and

of them,

one

Two

Given

IV.

79

find

to

a,

and

angles

two

the

triangles,
both

possible when

both

impossible

identical

The

value

when

the

of

when

sin A

"

sin B

sin a,

sin A

"

sin B

sin a,

"

sin

sin

modulus

is given

by

sin

a.

sln**

"

computed
the

the

to

Method.

First

659.

values

given

taken

so

which

modulus,

same

according

be

must

parts

will
of

By
0

sin

"

b2

180",

sin b
c

cos

sin

cos

cos

cos

cos

sin 5

sin A
C

cos

cos2

"

540".

value

each
results

sin

"

"

cos

2?

cos

sin

cos

cos

sin

cos

cos

A.

cos2

cos

"

sin A

cos

cos

cos

"

sin B

cos

cos

sin B

cos

1?

cos

cos

cos

"

"

cos

sin

"

b substituted

of

but

value

one

of

in the

and

one

last four

equations,

value

of

between

360".

660.

Second

computed

as

for

The

Method.

in the

First

values

the
which

b2

cos

and

"

sin

cos2

sin (7

0"

607,

cos

there

and

"

cos

For

negative

"

bt +

or

cos2
sine

or

angles
tri-

sin

bt +

both

A.

602, 606,

sin

positive

and

sin B
"

be

give

to

as

Hence

"

sin

the

opposite

C.

c, and

b,

side

this

Method,

of

purpose

b
are

values

two
c

and

separately
written

in

in

of

found

are

Gauss's

the

stituting
sub-

by

Equations,
form

same

been

having

as

in

655.
661.
been

Third

computed

form

as

in

the

First

two

as

in

656.

values

Method,

Napier's Analogies,

in
same

The

Method.

which

are
are

of

b,

having

separately
written

in

stituted
subthe

80

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

662.
from

cr

Method.

Fourth

perpendicular

triangles are

sin

which

ctn

bcr

sin

rca

"

which

sin

bcr

cos

cos

of

rcaa

C2

BCR

RCA2

ra

C2

sin

br

ctn

of

br+

B,

sec

a,

ctn

values

gives supplementary
cx

sec

follows:

as

rca,

bcr

right

a,

two

sin a,

Ct

sin

tan

values

gives supplementary

ctn

sin B

esc

solved

be

may

great-circle arc

opposite side,

the

to

which

formed,

drawing

By

B,

tan

ra.

rax

RA2

values

If the

of sin

rcaj

Case

663.
the

three

Two

the

negative, then

are

ra4

ra2

540".

sides, o, b, and

three

c, to

find

C.

and

triangles always possible.

of

A2

the

Bx

B2

which

Cx

values

computed

triangle and

one

the

ra

and

540"

Given

angles Af B}

sin

and

rca

rca2

V.

At
Which

BR+

360".

angles belong

the

of

is decided

other

the

to

C2

by

means

equations
sin

sin"

sin A
One

664.

triangle has
First

sin

sin

By
cos

cos

cos

cos

y,

other

positive, the

Method.

"~"

sin
=

negative

602,
0

"

cos

cos

sin

sin

modulus.

to

of

TRIGONOMETRY

Second

665.
be

Method.

(612),
form

of

their

from

or

from

620

a)

sin

(s

tan

The

"

"

c)

half

of the

666.
the

"

"

sin (s

both

as

has

whole

")'

sin (s

equations, being

positive and

c)

square
Hence

negative.

doubled

values, which

two

tan

in
$C

tan

",

of these

members

taken

angle

r
,

"

a)

tcrbe

are

tan

tan

-,

right-hand

Two

rived
de-

following

%BD

"

sin (s

find

b) sin (s

sin

values

cosines

convenient

most

is the

tangents

can

1
%A

each

The

(613).

their

from

or

angles

roots,

the

of

622:

V
*""
tan

(611),

the

from

and

/sin (s

tan

sines

tangents

computation

halves

The

their

from

computed

81

the

are

two

angle.

Case

VI.

Given

three

sides, a, b, and

three

the

angles A, B,

and

C,

to

c.

triangles always possible.

ai +

Which

of the

triangle and

"2

"1 +

computed

which

the

to

"2

Cl +

C2

360".

of the

values

sides

is decided

other

by

belong

to

one

of the

means

equations
sin

sin

sin

sin

One

triangle has
First

667.

By
cos

cosa

sin C

modulus.

cos

cos

cos

cos

cos
c

sin

C
cos

C sin A

sin

cos

negative

604,

sin B

cos

other

positive, the

Method.

**
^

sin B

cos

cos

sin A

sin

"

668.

Second

computed
(616),

or

from

from

The

Method.

their
their

sines

halves

(617),

cotangents

or

(618).

of

the

from
The

sides
their
most

can

be

cosines
conven-

82

MATHEMATICAL

form

ient

of

/ cos

ctn

624 and

from

QS

A)

B)

The

roots,

two

members

be

taken

to

each

half

in extreme
also

When

669.

tan

is

When

(45"

is

*A)

0"

near

the

than

general
may

J**

* (*

\ (h

tan

Vtan

or

")

a)

i (B

b)

tan

is

675.
75

b).

(45"*

tan

\a)
*
;

is

near

0"
tan

h is

near

sin

(h

b)

90",

near

^/sin(g"6).
V

or

\a

sin ("

180",

near

6)

Vtan

i (A

b)

tan

90",

"ia(tf-w"i|{:t
A is

near

A is

near

tan

i (it +

a)

0",
sin M
*

674.
74
When

i (B

180",

near

When

used.

be

673.

formulas

*"u-v/^Sil

672.
When

are

90",

near

671.
"7

negative.

doubled

values, which

square

676-681.

670.
When

and

positive

following equations

When

cos(S-CT)

equations, being

both

two

results
the

cases,

'

the

for Spherical Rigid Triangles.

accurate

more

ctnR

fCtnic

side.

Formulas

Special

See

has

whole

of the

values

For

side

of these
as

C)

(S -B)'

cos

right-hand
are

Hence

A)7

(S-

(S

cos

?"*

,ctn*6
cos

the

cos

"*"*

^,

is

cotangents

625:

(S

cos

ctn

the

from

computation

derived

following

HANDBOOK

y/V

cos

(A +5)

2 sin A

sin "

180",

cosU-y/008^-^.
*

2 sin A

sin "

% (h-

b).

give

83

TRIGONOMETRY

Computation

Accurate

676.

Values

x"=

(90""

of Angles

z)"=

the
the

of S and

angle expressed
complement

0" and

near

near

90".

T.

in seconds.

of the

angle expressed

in seconds.

84

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

When

reach,
closely

of

tables

following

the

of

equations

may

and

used

be

not

are

to

within

compute

very

values:

needed

any

values

the

6855749

(10

"

(10

log

x)

cos

77

6855749

log

x)

cos

Or,

the

formulas

678.

log

sin

679.

log

tan

680.

log

x"

681.

log

x"

be

may

log

x"

log

x"

log

sin

log

tan

written

4.6855749

4.6855749

follows:

as

5.3144251

5.3144251

4-^

(10

"

(10

(10-

" (10

log

log

cos

log

cos

x)

log

cos

x)

x).

cos

x).
10.
-

10.
-

SECTION

III

HYPERBOLIC

FUNCTIONS.

Definitions.
with

Connected

circular

or

their

from

which,

exponential

have
and

the

being
the

double

and

sine

the

in

the

of

cosine

named

They
central

through

their

hyp.

sine

of

hyp.

cosine

of

trigonometric
sine,

derived

are

conies,

metrically
geo-

they

or

relations

the

to

hyperbola

'

62

op

radius

any

hyperbolic

denned

are

functions

six

hyperbolic

the

of

semi-axis,

measure

six

properties

Thus

major

the

on.

so

a2

oa

are

to

been

algebraically

eu.

hyperbola

resemblance

certain

denned

be

close

cosine,

from
may

equilateral

functions,

hyperbolic

the

the

sector

the

by

vector,
the

aop,

and

bolic
hyper-

equations

^-"

701
"

"

The

The
denned
and

the

denned

of

the

the

as

cotangent,

reciprocals

defining
'

702.

is

secant,

hyperbolic

respectively.

sine

Or,

hyperbolic
the

as

these

of

quotient

equations

be

may

hyp.

cosine

of

hyp.

sine

of

% (eu
i (eu

etc.

eru)

e~u)

etc.

which

are

the

of

analogues

circular

circular

cos

sin

it

J (e*

"

etc.

(e*M

etc.
85

*)

e-*).

hyperbolic
and

cosecant

tangent,

gent.
tanare

cosine,

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

86

As

notation, it is convenient

to

of the
sec,

esc,

the

of

names

Sinh, Cosh, Tanh,

by

Sector

aop

the

represented by,

are

drawn

of

functions

and

x2

1.

y2

"

(double the
are

initial

capital

\d.

oa=

equilateral hyperbola,

hyperbolic

tan, ctn,

\a.

aor

Radius
In

using

cos,

Csch.*

Sector

Circular

abbreviations

thus,

Ctnh, Sech,

Hyperbolic

the

use

functions, sin,

distinction
letter h;

the

adding

letter and

circular

six

the

marking

to

area

1, Figure
of

the

numerically equal

2,

sector
to

the

the

aop)
lines

follows:

as

Sinh

Cosh

Tanh

the

ordinate

of

the

abscissa

of

mp,
om,

703.

well

Some
to

catch

writers
the

MP

AT

OM

OA

AT
"=

merely
attention.

add

the

h, but

AT.

the

capital

initial

serves

HYPERBOLIC

the

If, in

integral

87

FUNCTIONS

the

for

of

area

of

segment

lateral
equi-

an

hyperbola

write

we

for x, the

f Sinh2

a2

AMP

Cosh

u.du

f (Cosh

"

is

result

2u

(Sinh

2u

(Sinh

1) du

2u)

a2
"

"

omp

"

From

the

equation

"

x2

1 and

i/2
-

u)

where

oap,

"

Cosh

oa

a.

"

it follows

703

directly

that
Cosh2

704.
This

and

equation
Tanhu="

705.

the

Sechu="-

"

is

it

given,

Relations

From

the

numerical

values

of the

equations 704-708
Tanh2

Ctnh2

VCosh2

of

other

five.

are

to

ii

one

function

another.

one

deduced

Sech2

u.

Csch2

u.

Tanhu
u

Vl
Vl

VCtn"Pu-

value

Functions

of Hyperbolic

"

"

Sinh

the

710.

"

Cschw"-"

708.

Sinh

"

the

"

Sinh

"

709.

7x1.

Ltnnw

700.

compute

Cosht*

n+*\*".

.-

possible, when
to

1.

defining equations

"

"

Cosh
make

four

"

Cosh

707.

Sinh2

Sinhw

tv^'.
*~~

Tanh2

Sech2

Sech

14

Cschw

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

88

712.

Cosh

VSinh2

Vl

Tanh2

\/Csch2u+

Ctnhw

VCtnh3

Sinh

Sech

Cachu

VCosh2w-

VSinh2
Vl

1,

Sech2

Coshu

VCsch2

the

between

Relations

the

the

x=

isinx=

Cosh

by writing

of

place

in

ra

i (e"-

c-**)

functions

circular

functions

" (ex +

c-")

M6*-

e-x),

x,

functions

circular

e-*")

Sinhz

the

of

^ (ew+

hyperbolic

of the

in those

variable.

same

exponential equivalents
cos

Ctnh

the

and

hyperbolic

of

and

Tanhtt

713.

In

there

the

found

are

following

relations:
i Sinh

sin

in

cos

ru

"

Cosh

tan

ra

"

i Tanh

ctn

in

"

"

sec

iu

"

Sech

esc

iu

"

"

"

w,
u,
w,

714.
i Ctnh

w,

w,

i Csch

w,

tw

Cosh

iu

Tanh

iu

Ctnh

iu

Sech

iii

Csch

iw

cos

tt,

f tan

sec

"

% sin

Cosh

ty +

Sinh

iy

cos

i/

i sin

2/

Cosh

12/

Sinh

iy

cos

iy

Cosh

2/

Sinh

cos

iy

Cosh

2/ +

Sinh

2/

sin ty

"

i sin

iy

"

Hyperbolic functions of
Sinh

Cosh

LTanh

u)

-Sinh

w,

Ctnh

"

u,

u,

2/ +
"

w,

ctn

"

cos

715

716.

i sin w,

Sinh

esc

u.

u.

u)

+Cosh

w,

Sech

u)

-Tanh

w,

Csch

u)

w)

w)

"

+
-

Ctnh

w,

Sech

w,

Csch

w.

FUNCTIONS

HYPERBOLIC

Variations
As

vector

values

positive

Sinh-u

the

the

from

from

passing

oo

717.

"

from

from

to

; and

hand,

0
-

Tanh

oo,
op

as

right-hand

values

oo

to

tote,
asympto

oo.

oo

; Cosh

is negative,

therefore,

oo

"+

00,

"+

1.

Tanhi*

-1"

to

+l"Coshtt

time

1.

of u,

Sinh

"

lower

through

same

other

the

the

the

the

to

oa

passes

from

negative

to

all real values

'

Cosh

negative, passing

positive, passing
For

all

axis

At

oo.

On

to

oa

oo;
1.

the

variable, u,

to

to +

axis

is likewise

to

through

passes

Sinh

from

from

swings

Valves.

from

swings

op

from

from

passes

Tanh

and

is

Cardinal

and

right-hand asymptote,

upper

all

radius

the

89

values,

Cardinal
"

718.
r

Sinh

Cosh

0-0,

0-1,

Tanh

'

0-0,

-jSinh

00

L Sinh

Cosh

00

"

00

00

formula

the

trigonometry

1 4- tan2

by putting

00

1,

"

be

hyperbolic

sec2

becomes

esc2

becomes

Ctnh2

714,

any
an

functions.

and

Sinh2

Tanh2

"

Subtraction

sin

cos

cos

(x "

cos

cos

y =F sin

y)

and

"

"

cos

Sinh

(u"

v)

Sinh

Cosh

v"

720.

Cosh

(u "

v)

Cosh

Cosh

"

"

1.

analogous

Thus,

1.

Sech2
Csch2

u.
u.

sin y

sin y,

iv, become

719.

general

Formulas.

{x " y)

iu

Formulas,

into

changed

00

reducing,

Addition

in

sin

Tanh
,

expressed

Cosh2

The

00

Trigonometric

becomes

ctn2 x+U

00

sin2
=

to

can

the

iu and

relations

involving

putting
cos2

Cosh

00
,

of

of

formula

of Hyperbolic

means

Tanh
,

Relations

By

00

Cosh

Sinh

v.

Sinh

Sinh

v.

by

90

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

From

these

721.

Sinh

722.

Sinh

723.

Cosh

724.

Cosh

725.

Sinh

2w

=2

726.

Cosh

2u

deduced

are

Sinh

2 Sinh

\ (u

v) Cosh

" (w

Sinh

2 Cosh

^ (w

t")Sinh

" (u

Cosh

t"

2 Cosh

" (w

v) Cosh

" (u

Cosh

2 Sinh

" (w

v) Sinh

Sinh

Cosh

Cosh2

2 Sinh2

u+1,

2 Cosh2

Sinh

u,

t*

Tanh2

1 + Tanh2

Cosh2u

u
.

Tanh2

1*

2 Tanh

729.

v).

2u
1

728.

J (w

v).

1.

2 Tanh

727.

u).

w.

Sinh2

t").

Tanh

2u

Tanh2

1 +

730.

Sinh

-=Vi

(Cosh

731.

Cosh

"

(Cosh

732.

TanhH-yA

Vi

Cosh

Cosh

"

Sinh-1

734.

Cosh-1

"

Cosh-1

Hyperbolic

Functions

735.

Sinh

(x

iy)

736.

Cosh

(x

iy)

737.

Sinh

(x"

iy)

738.

Cosh

(x"

iy)

739.

sin (x"

740.

cos

(x"

it/)
=

iy)

of
=

"

Sinh

Sinh

Cosh

Sinh-1

[xVl

Cosh-1

[23/" Vx2

Complex

Variable,

Vl

Vy2

x+

u=

cos

2/ +

i Cosh

sin

Cosh

cos

y +

i Sinh

sin y.

isin

(# T

i Sinh

Cosh

(y T

(y

ix).

ix).

(1/=F ix)*
=F

ix).

y2 "

cos

Sinh

"

Cosh

Sinh-1

1).

733.

1).

y.

x2].
1].

iy.

HYPERBOLIC

91

FUNCTIONS

"

Periodicity.
The

hyperbolic functions,

The

period

and

of Ctnh

of

Sinh

and

is wi.

Cosh

of

Sinh

(u

2irt)

Sinh

u.

742.

Cosh

(u

2iri)

Cosh

u.

743.

Sinh

kiri=

0.

744.

Cosh

kiri

745.

Tanhfciri=

746.

Sinh

(u

747.

Cosh

(u+

iri)

748.

Tanh

(u+

wi)

749.

Ctnh

(u

tti)

750.

Sinh

(2fc+

1) "7tt=

751.

Cosh

(2k+

l)"irt-0.

752.

Sinh

(u

%wi)

753.

Cosh

(w

%iri)

Hyperbolic

iri)

Sinh

Tanh

"

"

Ctnh

"i.

i Cosh

u.

i Sinh

w.

expressed

Cosh-1

u=

756.

Tanh-^-ilog,1"^

="

u.

w.

755.

log,(i*+

vw2

1).

-f

logeCw+vV-

1).

1-

Sech-1

i log

log,

u+

w-

i-+x/l

"

759.

Csch-1

Tanh

w.

758.

of

Coshw.

Anti-Functions

is 2wi; that

0.

Sinh-1

Ctnh-1

periodic.

are

1)*.

754.

757.

circular,

Thus,

741.

the

like

^-log^Vl
w

w2

as

Logarithms.

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

92

The

If

straight

of

ordinate
the

Gvdermanian

The

om2

or3

circular

sector

sector

and

aor

of

the

the

then

If
is

761.
The

the

among

Angle,

the

functions

gd-1

is

sec

the

of

Sinh

tan

Tanh

="

sin

at

Ctnh

esc

on

Sech

cos

Csch

ctn

om

mp

rm

sr

762.

os

rn

=*

Also,
.

763.

Tanh

764.

gd

765.

%u=*
0

0,

grd-1

tan

gd

"0.

00

loge

%ir, gd
tan

(Jir

00)

%0).

the

circular
the

respective

and

is

the

by

0.

thus:

Cosh

of

The

expressed

severally

functions

radian

area

their

of

of

circular

six

double

MP.

"

functions

are

relation

gdu,

aop

are

arid

0;

hyperbolic

six

sector

of

axis

Its

unity.

gudermanian

the

of

anti-gudermanian

and

the

being

oa

hyperbolic

other.

measures,

radius

Sinh

double

to

the

length

of

the

Angle.

equal

the

aor,

foot

has
its

Gudermanian

0, is numerically

the

which

diameter

its

VCosh3

the

is

aor

Angle.

from

circle

angle

measure,

one

for

hyperbola

mr

the

to

tangent

and

drawn

2, be

line, Figure

equilateral

760.

Function

J*\

have

lents
equiva-

Gudermanian

IV.

SECTION

DIFFERENTIAL

AND

CALCULUS.

INTEGRAL

Limits.

801.

Lim

802.

Lim
0}

fa

")

1 +

(
V

803.

Lim

804.

Lim

"

e.

"

"v

00

"

".'

\l+dF

^e.

(1+ a)

log

log

~-i

^i

805.

Lim

806.

lam

807.

Iam-S^-1.

?""

loge

m.

Iim^i-

If i/

Here

Aa?

The
in

and
the

of
variable

value

If

their

limit

Ax

The

is

Ax

be

may

please.

we

Ax,

/ (x

the

finite

variable

independent

of

particular
as

Ay

denote

Ay

Notation.

and

Ax).

differences,
x

and

the

any

we

or

ments,
incre-

dependent

respectively.

y,

nearly

/ (x), then

1.

"

Definitions
808.

a.

-1

6.

approaches
0

at

the

sign

arbitrary
made

to

The

value

0, Ay

same

is read

(may
vary

does

of
the

be
and

Ay

to

please)

approach

depends

on

and

both

infinitelynear

to."

same,

time.

"

approaches
93

and
0

that

as

of

reach

94

MATHEMATICAL

The

definite

value,

limit, which

or

_/(*+

Ay

809.

HANDBOOK

the

when

Ax

and

Ax

-^-

by

the

or

differential

symbols

derived

and

"

to

respect

x.

/ (x).

is also

called

(x),

Dx

by

f (*).

or

be

to

are

differentialquotient,

It is also denoted

function

Dxy, DJ

The

is

dx

coefficient

derivative, or

approach

with

function

-"

dx

The

simultaneously

Ay

of
differentialcoefficient

It is denoted

ratio

A*) -/(a)

Ax

approaches

the

regarded

symbols

as

ax

of

operation,

of

which

that

of

operation

differentiation,upon

is

function

new

/ (x) ;

of

the

denoted

often

x,

result

by r(x\.
The

symbols

"

and

Dx,
DX1

functions

to

u,

v,

Dv, etc.,

etc.,

obedient

are

to

ax

ax
"

Dx

The

Commutative

The

Law

and
x

and

t")

Dxw

ii,

or

Dxt".

Law*,

Am

An

-?

^u

dx*"

The

(u

of Indices,
Am

812.

applied

Law,

ax

or

when

dy

Distributive

The

and

"

dx

dx

and

d/ (x)

/ (x) respectively. They

/ (x)

are

DxmDx*u

Z)xm+*u.

dxw+w

dx"

symbols

-f"

changing

their

denote

the
the

express

values

differentialsof

at

any

at

rates

given

which

instant,

DIFFERENTIAL

is the

or, what

thing,for

same

variable.
connected

are

differential coefficients

df (x)

813.

general,finite values, and

and with the corresponding

in

other

each

the

by

/ (x).dx

"

95

pendent
of the inde-

given value

any

They have,

with

CALCULUS

INTEGRAL

AND

equations
DJ

Or),dx

f (x).dx.

dx
to
independent variable, x, is generally assumed
change at a uniform rate, that is, it is equicrescent;and

The

therefore

dx

equicrescent, as when
then

dx

The

is not

this

it is

given

for

symbol

Its effect is to

the

is

of

some

integration

reverse

Thus

other

some

not

variable,

0.

not

of that

inverse

regarded

be

the

as

entiation.
of differ-

differential
and

primative function,

is to be found.

is /
.

undo

or

df (x)
814.

(dx) is

function

primative function

The

of

if

But

0.

function

integrationis

of

derivative

or

d*(dx)

constant, and

process

coefficient

and

is constant

the effect of d.

f(x).dx.

fr(x).dx=f(x).

.J

Fundamental
In

the
of

Formulas.

formulas

following sixteen
independent

some

815.

(au)

variable, x
816.

adu.

"

v,

uy

w,

adu

(u +

/ (u+

q~*

021.

(uv)
d
"

v+

"

UV

vdu

(uv)
*
-

+..:)

.) dx=

udv.

du

du

udx

820.

dw

dv +

I vdx

/ udv

"

...

uv"

7.
.

jvdu*
^

dv
-

" "

C.

au+

818.

819.

jdu

tions
func-

or

'

817.

are

...

"
-"
.

96

MATHEMATICAL

d (uvw

q~~

du

.)

022.

HANDBOOK

dv

dw

"

UVW

"

"

V)

...

vdu"udv

i(v\

q~~

823'

%)

824.

d\ogau

"

'

logae.

"

"
.

! 825.

log, tt

826.

"

j
)

827.

daH

828.

de"

830.

dtt"

If

du

vu"-1

"

(y) and

feudu

829.

e"dw.

/ (x), that

eu+C.

log,u.uv.dv.

log/i.aVdtt.

"

C.

l0gel*+

"

is, w

(/ (x)),then

g..*t.*L-dp(y).f(x)-i)fU.D4f.
dz

dx

dy

Or

832.

dv-

^-^--(fa-F'(y).f{x).dx=

833.

iu.f (x) dx.

\u.dy=

Integrals of

Differentialsand
834.

d(a+

836.

(ax)

838.

(xn)

Dvu.D^.dx.

dx

dy

x)

dx.

the

Simpler

835.

/ dx

adx

xm.dx=

adx.

837.

nxn'1.dx.

839.

Functions

840.

d(logex)-^-

When

d V*

'
~

l\/X

"-

"

f"

841.

842.

1, use

m+

the

next

logex

ax+

\/x

C.

formula.

f^r

843.

I dx

+C.

J
N.B.

x.

C.

"=

of

2Vx

C.

log"cx..

DIFFERENTIAL

844.

(a

846.

log (a

bx)n

vb

(a

fcx)*-1.

6a;)

"x

a+

f-dx

847.
J

L
_

,(!)-".8"./f""

ft*

log. (a

C.

fcr)+

bx

84,.

97

CALCULUS

INTEGRAL

AND

bdx

6x/

\a

(a

^2
6x):

-"-

dx

8si-JVbx)2
852.

da*^

854.

de*

log,a

-"

dx.

a*
.

(a

855

for)

I cP.dx

853.

dx.

e*

C.

-?"

lcx.dx=ex+C.
.

/pax

eax.dx=

858.

jirtm
dlogloa;

859.

dx*

860.

d sin

862.

o-o

",

"

cos

cos

866.

vers

x.

of

The
The

"

dx

Afdx

--

"

x.dx

cos

cos

x.dx

sin x.dx.

865.

/ sin

x.dx

x*

"

sin x.dx.

867.

/ sin

x.

of

sine

is the

of

sinxn-

difference

is the

dx

between

between

difference

covers

coversed

cos

vers

and
1

the
and

x.
vers

""

"

C.

cos

x.

C.

x.dx.

sine

versed

861.

x.dx.

x*

"

"

logeX) dx.

863.

864.

log10e

cos

x"

covers

"
"

(1

x*

dx

1
=

C.

covers

"

"

sin

3.

x+

C.

C.

C.

cosine
the

of
sine

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

98

868.

d tan

sec2

dx.

869.

sec2

dx

tan

"=

C.

2dx

870.

d tan

1 +

2x

cos

871.

cos

f"
J

esc

873.

d ctn

a:

esc2

"

ctn

"

C.

tanfc-?W(7.

1 +

C.

x
=

872.

?"+

tan

"

sm

2/

\4

dx.

x
.

/ esc2

874.

dx

ctn

C.

2dx

"

875.

ctn

2x

cos

"

dx

/j-j

*,*.

cos

?- +

ctn

C.

a:
=

ctn

"

esc

"

C.

8"-/r^-to(j+!)+c878.

sec

a:

-"

sec

tan

/ sec

879.
880.

dx.

a:

esc

esc

"

ctn

a;

x.dx=

tan

sec

C.

dx.

a;
.

881.

882.

log, sin

ctn

883.

884.

loge cos

loge tan

a;

sec

esc

ctn

a:

x.dx

esc

C.

x.

-tan

885.
886.

ctn

x.dx

logesin

C.

x+

a:.

tan

dx

log,.
cos

esc

C.

x+

da:.

a:
.

887.

I sec

esc

x.dx

logetan

log,ctn

C.
+

C.

DIFFERENTIAL

888.

loge qtn

sec

x.dx.

esc

99

CALCULUS

INTEGRAL

AND

889:

rsec^x

^log"Q^^^+g^log"tan^+|)+C.

gdrxx

loge (sec a:

tan

x)

logman?.+

C.

C.

890.

fcscx.dx
-

i log,

891

Cosh-1

d Sinh

cos

ay

loge (esc x

x)

ctn

C.

dx.

a;
.

892..

893

(esc x)

Cosh

\1
=

x\

cos

d Cosh

a:

Sinh

="

Cosh

x.dx

"

Sinh

"

Cosh

C.

x+

dx.

x
.

/ Sinh

894.

dx

C.

x+

d Tanh

895.

Sech2

"

da:.

x
.

/Sech2 x.dx-

896.

d Ctn

897.

d Sech

899.

"

Csch2

"

901

d Csch

903.

898.

/ Csch2

x.Tanh

x.dx.

/ Sech

-Csch

x.Tanh

Ctnh

log, Sinh

904.

C.

-Ctn

a; +

C.

x.dx

"

x+

C.

Sech

x.Ctnh

Csch

Ctnh

x.dx

dx.

902.

x.dx.

-Sech

900.

Tanh

x.dx

Csch

x.dx.

/ Ctnh

dx
.

log, Sinh

C.

C.

100

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

905.

dlog

Coshx

Tanh

906.

907.

log,Tanh

Tanh

x.dx.

Sech

dx

log. Cosh

Csch

dx.

x
.

908.

Sech

Csch

dx

log, Tanh

="

910.

log, Ctnh

I Sech

x.dx

/ Csch

2 tan-1

x.dx

Csch

dx.

x
.

ez

C.

gdx.

911.

Sech

"

C,

x+

Ctnhx+C.

-log,

"

909.

C.

log

^+

Tanh

--Sinh-MCschx).
*

dx
912.

dsin^x

Vl-x2
x

913.

sin-1

C,

a; +

cos_1x

dx
914.

dcos^x

Vl-x2
dx

915.

dtan_1x

1+

x2

fr^-^

9l6-

1 +

tan-1*

4-

C,

x2
=

ctn-1

C.

x+

dx
917.

dctn-1

x=

1+

x2

dx

918.

dsec-1x

xVx2-

Q1^

".

"

p-

sec^x

xVx2-

1
-

dx
920.

d esc-1

xVx2-

csc^x+C

C,

C'

101

CALCULUS

INTEGRAL

AND

DIFFERENTIAL

dx
921.

dvera-1x

\Z2x-x2

922.

vers-1

V2x

C,

x2
"*

covers-1

"

C.

1)

C,

1)

C,

dx
923.

d covers-1

V2x-

x2

dx
924.

d Sinh-1

a;

Vx2+

925.

Sinh-1

C,

,""

v/x2+

log, (3

Cosh-1

Vx2

1.

dx

926.

dCosh-1*

Vx2-

dx

927.

=Coah-l"+C,
Vx2-!
Vx2

log, (x

Sinh-1

vV-

1.

rfx

928.

rfTanh-1x=
1-s3

Jfl^

929.

Tanh-1*

C,

log. fr^l
* *"

m)

x"l.

**
930.

d Ctnh-1

a?-l

931.

f^~j;
-

"

Ctnh-1

C,

-ih*'(xTl)
+

c'

X"1.

102

MATHEMATICAL

932.

HANDBOOK

dx

Sech-1x

Vl-x2

933.

"*

"

vl

"

Sech-1

x.

x2

"

--logJ^+i-Vl-X2)
\X
dx

dCsch-1^-

934.

xVl

935.

X2

fX

-Csch-*x.

-log^+IVl+x2^
\x

Additional

/ sin

936.

Integrals of Simple
cos

ax.dx

A08 ax.dx-

C.

55_?E

(7.

938.

/ sin2

x.dx=

939.

/ cos2

x.dx

940.

/ sin

941.

942.

943.

/x

944.

x.dx

sin

sin

2x

cos

Sinh

x.dx=*

dx

cos

"x

Cosh

cos

"

sin

cos

C.

"

C.

x+

\x

x"

-ctn

2x

% sin2

tan

dx

sin

xdx=

tan2 x.dx

ctn2

cos

J sin

Form.

945.

ax

937.

2;

C.

-H

(7.

C.

Sinh

(7.

2s

C.

DIFFERENTIAL

946.

AND

Cosh

dx

Sinh2

dx

"

948.

/ Cosh2

dx

949.

950.

/ Tanh2

951.

/ Ctnh2

947.

Sinh

~~~

952.

Cosh

dx

"

nr
eax

sin

" (Sinh

Cosh

J Cosh

Tanh

cos

nx

sin
(n
*

sin-1 x.dx

955-

cos~*

x.dx

956.

/ tan-1

x.dx

"x

x.dx

ctn-1

958.

J sec-1

959.

I esc-1

dx

=-

dx

+Vl

xsin-xx

C.

x)

C.

C.

"

nx)L

cos

+C.^
,

n2

cos-1

tan-1

ctn-1

sec-1

csc^x

"i~

nx)l

cos

^,

+(?.

C.

x2 +

-Vl

x2 +

C.

" log, (1 +X2) +C

" log" (1

4-

nx

cl

954.

C.

sin
(o
*

^
dx

nx

x)

"

eox
"*
ea*

C.

x+

%j

"

log,,(x

x2) +

Vx2+

1).

log,,(x +Vr+1).

^.(.-l)^^^^:

960.

961

a2 +

957.

2x

x+

Ctnh

"ox

^
dx

nx

r
~-~

953.

dx

Cosh

Cosh

"

a;

" (Sinh

dx

Sinh

"

103

CALCULUS

INTEGRAL

Sinh-1

dx

x
.

Sinh-1

-VW

C.

104

MATHEMATICAL

HANDBOOK

962.

/ Cosh-1

x.dx

Cosh-1

963.

/Tanh-1

x.dx

a;

Tanh-1

964.

/ Ctnh-1

x.dx

Ctnh-1

Successive
If the
is called
the

derivative
the

be

result

of

" log. (x2

x2) +

1)

C.

C.

derivative;

and

the

if this

third

be

differentiated,

derivative;

differentiations

successive

i log, (1

differentiated,the result, f (x)

result, /"' (x), is called

the

C.

Differentiation.

f (x)

second

x-Vf-1

and

so

on,

denoted

being

by /"""(x).
The

symbols

of

operation

j- of-f/ (x),

f-/ (x); D

or

ax

ax

-g / (*) ;

or

dx

1001.

forms

are

of

D"f (*),

or

D*f (x);

D"/ (x);

or

f (x)

D*f (x)

of notation

(uv)

DuD"v

written

in

are

the

sake

of

1003.

D*(uv)-=

D*uD"v+

2DuDv+

1004.

D*{uv)

D*uU"v+

3DhiDv+

1005.

Dn(uv)

DnuD"v

(n

1)

/"*"(x).

use.

Product

of Functions.

wherein

D"uDv,

for

etc.

etc.

Differentiationof

Successive

Z)"w

etc.

1002.

Df (x),

ax3

etc.

All three

of

axr

"foi^-f(x),
dx

are

D"v

t"

and

symmetry.
D"uD2v.

3DuD*v+

D"uD*v.

Dn~luDv

Dn-2uDiv

+
a

iy"uDnv.

1.2

The

form

of

development

is that

of the

Binomial

Theorem.

AND

DIFFERENTIAL

Taylor's
f(x+h)

1006.

(n

Rn

-^

2)

/"*"(x

(x) +-^r(x)
-|-f
+...

(n
wherein

0A),

105

Theorem.

+
f (x) +"r(x)

CALCULUS

INTEGRAL

1) !

0 "

0 "

1.

n!

Or

^stt^!

/(n)(x+ffh),

(n

/(x)./(o)

Rn

O"0

"

+1.

Theorem.

Maclaurin's

roo7.

wherein

1) !

;f(fl)+|r(o)+|r(o)+..

wherein

/(n)(#*),

"t

0 "

+1.

"

n!

(1-g)n"la;n

Rn

(n
N.B.

for

Taylor's

"

I (x) and

its

first

all values

in the

/(n)(^X);wherein

of

interval

in

the

to

interval
x,

Theorem

Theorems

derivatives

successive

from

Taylor's

Maclaurin's

and

"

"

1.

1) !

"

from

are
x

to

for Maclaurin's

for

Function

f (x, y)

valid

are

finite
x

and

when

only

continuous

h, for Taylor's, and

Theorem.

of

Variables.

Two

u.

1008.

f (x+

h,y+
i-

k)

(h2Dx2u

(hDxu

kDyu)

2hkDxDyu

WDyhi)

2!

the

"(h*Dx*u

general

term

WkDx2Dyu

being"ft!

(hDx

Shk2DxDy2u
kDy)nu.

"Dy*u)

+
.

106

MATHEMATICAL

The

form

symbolic

of

Theorem

Taylor's

f(x+h)

1009.
for

HANDBOOK

for

variable

one

ehDuf(x),

variables,

two

f(x+h,y+k)

1010.

and

Circular

sinx=x-

1012.

cosx=l-"

expressed

Series.

x1

x5
-+-"

"

kD"fOr, y).

Functions

Hyperbolic

x3
1011.

ehD9 +

in

[a^"oo,

+
...

/**2

/y.6

syA
+

Xs

17x7

2x"

62x"

1.X

[rJ"oo.

+...

-"

"

r^2^i_2

"Ju

3/

IOI4.*

Ctn

-TZ--rTi

945

45

"

IOI6.

CSCX

""-i

1017.

'

sin

"

1018.

cos-1

\ir

1019.

tan-1

ctn-1

1020.

1.

tan-xx

"x*

far

far

x-1

"

2x4

x7
+"""

*
"

"

"

2x4x6

[x2 "

1.

[x2 "

1.

x.

Jx5

tan-1

[^"7T2.

,
"

sin-1

1x3x5

x5

"
"

15120

^^1x3

^1
^
x

360

".t*

_!*!_ J*^!
+

|x7

x.

"x~3

"x~5

|x~7

[x2"
1022.

sec-1

x="

1023.

2x4

esc-1

x=

far

sec-1

ir\

[*"*"*"

"""

^+-

4725

sec:c=1+42+i"4+72o!+
=

[x2 "

-7=7^

1015.

102

is,

2x4x6

X.

1.

DIFFERENTIAL

and

Bernouillis'
Some
forms

when

series

The

orders, known

-22L

6
B*

"

z"17

"

"

are

Bm=

50521

"4=5

B12

"6=61

etc.

2702765

etc.

B8

"

1385

798

30

B9

Euler's

as

43867

1
=

of

3617

1
_

R
""-

coefficients

"6

30
r

2730

Bt9

"

orders, known

"2=

"

used.

are
.

The

1025.

Numbers,

"

symmetrical

more

Blf B2y B3f

are

take

given

of

107

Numbers.

nouillis'even
Ber-

as

Numbers,

above

coefficients

CALCULUS

Euler's

coefficients

certain

1024.

odd

the

of

INTEGRAL

AND

etc.

etc.

"

66

Thus,
1026.

tanx

*lX+

B6x*

"*

T\

2!

+
.

[x2 "
1027. '

2!

B3x*-?-B6x*--

*i*-t-

"

4!

Jtt2.

91 8

96

94

22

1
ctn

6!

z5yX

"

6!

"~
...

"
'

[X2
1028.

^x2 ^*x4 ^

1 +

x6 4

7T*.

[x2 " i*2.

...

CSCX-

IO29.
2

sec

"

(2

1)

2
"

(23 -1)

(25

2
.

1)

[X2"ff2.
1030.

Sinh

J (e"

e-*)

"

.0 !

"-,
+ ^- +
5 1

7 !

[x2"
1031.

Cosh

3-

*(*" + *-*)-

l +

^+^

|!
.

00.

[x2"

00.

108

MATHEMATICAL

Tanhx

1032.
22

(22

1)

HANDBOOK

2"(2"-

2'(2*-l)D^

1)

D^

17x7

2x*

Xs
~*

3+T5

62x*
m^i_i

315+2835

^"*^'

"

1033.

-i

Ctnhx

92

Sech

B8x"

2x*

-6x6+-8x8-

4!

6!

8!

1385X8

61?!
,
__

__

"

24

^x'-

t. + ^4

4725

2!

rj

945

45

l-^^

x-

x
_

o!

O!

i-^x

98

f-5sa* f-B7x' +

4!

-I
~x

1034.

Zl

9"

94

"- ",*

720

"

40320

[x3 "
Csch

1035.
1

2(2-l)B *lX+

2(2*-l)

2(2"-l)BJ*8^

B^+--

4!

2!

6!
31x"

7tf_

_l_x

~*

a-

Smh-1u

1030.
0

.1X3X5

X--"

x=

L^"7r'

-"

15120

360

"

Jir2.

"

1 x
""

--

3 x

"

x
,

-""

"

Tanh-1

1037.

2x4

Jx3

fcx5+ }x7

1 +
-

2x4x6

+
.

[x2"

1.

[x2 "

1.

h log.
1-x

Ctnh-1

1038.

x-1

ix-8

Csch-1

*~

1
-

\xr1

[*"1.

"

x="

I -EI?4.

lx3

2x4

"x-6

*log,^f
x

1039.

1x3x5

"1*

x^7

+"-lar"1'

2x4x6

DIFFERENTIAL

AND

109

CALCULUS

B~X4

BtX2

INTEGRAL

J5BX8

"~"~

^o

[*"2*-

i"4o:^n=1-2+^r-ir+-6r---'
,

^
1.

1.04

"

22~

2*~
R

x*

05

1.

When

"

"

Indeterminate

of

the

fraction

variable,

the

takes

a,

r"

of the

t*

Evaluation

2*~

1-

Forms.

for

'

value

given

any

(x)

form

"

"

value

its true

can

be

found

both

differentiating

by

and

numerator

denomi-

/' (x)
and

nator

in

the

result,

".

also

takes

the

(x)

form

for

If

x.

if

and,

again,

differentiate

"

Ff

substituting

'

F'

(x)

and

again

necessary,

until

again

result

which

is found

does

take

not

the

form

for

"

This

a.

last

result

will

this

form,

the

give the

value

true

sought.

When

1052.

the

fraction

assumes

"

00

0
true

value

in

is found

the

same

in

as

way

the

of

case

"
-

so

that

value

and

the
of

product

the

x=

be

may

J,

of

/ (x)

a,

f (x)."p(x)

product
that

finding

for

When,

O.oo.

1053.

takes

the

found

which

and

the

"p

0", l00,oo".

takes

either

dealt

with

of
as

"

in

these
the

(z)/(a"
-

for x=a,

forms,

its

V,

00,

true

"

When,

last

=*

form

Ffr)
1054.

(x)

(x)

O.oo, the

form

by putting
takes

"p

case.

log, y

the

logarithm
Thus,
-

expression
may

be

taken

putting

/ (s) log, ("p(x)),

.

"p

(x)f""
and

110

MATHEMATICAL

The
been

it

When
be

can

/ (x) .log,("p(x)),having

exponent,

y, of that

of

00-00.

00

"

the

of

found, that

1055.
00

value

true

HANDBOOK

of the

f (x)

changed

to

"

takes

(x)

which

form

follows.

given function,

the

form

becomes

"
-

and

dealt

with

in the

as

Thus,

first

_J

_L_J_

1__

/(s)_co

f{x)mf(x)ssF(x)
'

case.

oo=Q^0=0.

'

f(x).F(x)
Partial
A

differential

variables, / (x,
all the
is

variables

00.00

Differential Coefficients.

coefficient
y,

z
.

save

of

function

.), obtained
one

the

on

for

are,

of

the

time

two

or

more

that

supposition

being, constants,

coefficient.
partialdifferential

It is written
when

alone

is

supposed

to

vary,

when

y alone

is

supposed

to

vary,

-r"f{x,y,z...),

-"

/ (x, y,

/ {x, y,

.),

dy
when

alone

is

supposed

to

vary,

"

.),

oz

the

form

of the

letter d

indicating that

the

differentiation

is

partial.
Partial

coefficients

differential

subscript

with

reference

also

Dyf {x, y,z...)

Dxf (x, y,z...)

the

are

letters

x}

which

to

z,

yy

written

DJ

(x, yf

etc., indicating the

the

.)

etc.

variables
takes

partial differentiation

place.
Often

/ (x, y,

the
z

single
.),and

letter

df

for

/
the

is used
total

as

an

abbreviation

differential

the

of

Thus

1056.

df

-*-dx

ox

-^-dy+ -J-dz+
dy

oz

or

1057.

df=

Dxf.dx+

Dyf.dy+DJtf.dz+

same.

for

DIFFERENTIAL

DxDyDxf

1058.
order

which

in

If

The

consequence.

no

du

"

dx+

""

"Pu

060.

Dx, Dy, Dg,

du

or

dx

Dxu

Dyu

"Pu

dx2

.dxdy+

2DxDyu

dx8

Dx*u

SDx2Dyu

1062.

Or, symbolically,

1063.

And,

d/ (x,

1064.

dy.

Dy2u

v,

.)

2
.

dnw

(Dx.dx

"L

Dy.dy)nu.

dy

^ d"

+"

...

dz

oi/

ox

Dxf.dx+

DJ.dy+

(Dx.dx+

Dy.dy+

Dy.dy)3u.

(Dx.dx+

-r^ dx

"

dx dt/3

SDxDy2u

d?u=*

general,

.dx*dy

dy*.

dy3.

DJu

in

06

law.

commutative

ay

Dx*u

"

dy

""

ox

the

that

means

/ (x, y),

1059.

DyDxDzf,

partial differentiations

several

is of

111

CALCULUS

INTEGRAL

DxDMDyf=

the

performed

are

AND

DJ.dz

+
.

.)n/.

1065.

dnf (x, y,

1066.

Hii-F(",y)andy-/(x),^-D,ii+Dlfi4.^-.

.)

z
.

Dzdz+
.

dx

If

1067.

"

(y, z)

and

1/

ax

fx (x)

2=/2(x),
then
dii
t\

f*

dx

1068.

dz

dy
*.

dx

dx

f^-V

D"

2D"D"M

dx2

dx

\dx]

-jj- and

constants

If

in

and

-j"

finding the

y be

dx

\dx/

t"

of

partial

functions

derivatives

of

an

(* V

explicit functions

being

Dju

"Pz

d?y

p,

Note:

"*"
.

relatively

independent

x,

to

are

and

variable

treated

z.

ty then

as

112

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

dx

"Px

dy

"Py

'

dt2

dt

"Py
J1070.

d?

dt

"

/dxY

\dt)
D"x.D?y-D"y.D?x

D2

or

(A*)1

1071.
dx

fdx\2"Py
"py

(Px

_\dt )'dP

(d?x\2 dx

oia

"Py

"

[dt2
)

'dt2

dt

'

'

dt

dp

dx3

"Px

dy
'

'

dt

dt

df*

/dx\5

\dt)
or

(Dtx)2D?y

D2x

3D,x

D2y

(D?x)2

+3D,y

Dtx

Dty. D?x

(A*)5

Change
In

formulas

is the

1069,

from

formulas

to y, that

%L
1072.

and

1070

three

following

variable

of Independent
1071,
for

is when

JL

Dxy

or

put

t=

changing

y=f(x)

y.

the

becomes

-L-.
-

A,x

ax

ax

Variable.

cPx

JlL.

*X
I073
1073*

DJy

or

J"L
-

(A,*)3

/dx\3

dx2

WW
o

d*x

d%
".,

3(iVa;)an

dx
da

'a^xV
fcPxV

W)
"74-

Dvx.Dv*x

("""*)5

The

result

independent
x

"" (y).

AND

DIFFERENTIAL

find

To

Dxy, Dx2y, etc.,

INTEGRAL

when

y is

113

CALCULUS

implicit

an

function

of x,

/ (x, y)-0.

""-o, whence^- -%-

1L+M.
ox

1075.

ax

ax

ay

%-

ox

oy

Or

Dxf
1076.

which,

ZV/
by

0, whence

Dyf. Dxy=

2DxDvf. (Dxy)

the

substituting

Dxy

-Dxf+

Dy*f. (Dxy)*

value

of

Dyf.Dx*y

found

Dxy

Dyf.

in

-0,

1075,

gives Dx2y.
(Dxy)

Dx'f+SDx2Dyf.

1077.

Dy*f (Dxyy

which, by substituting
and

Maxima

'

give

Functions

by

maximum

the

substituted

of
or

solving

for

of

Dxy

and

The

values

variable.

one

value

minimum

equation

f (x)

0.

to

0,

/ (a)

is

maximum,

if

/" (a)

"

0,

/ (a)

is

minimum.

nor

or

And

in

vanish

for

nor

/'" (a)
but

general,
x

"

maximum

is not
if

the

if

is of

but
or

an

odd

as

first
order

if it is of
a

minimum

0, / (a)

/"' (a)

according

minimum

minimum;

/ (a) is

and

minimum;

which

found

are

root,

a,

neither

being

x,

"

of

/ (x)

Any

/" (a)

/" (a)

in

Minima.

and

if

If

found

Dx2y

gives D/y2.

1076,

1078.

Dyf.Dx*y=0,

values

the

(Dxy)2

(Dx2y)

SDxDyf

3Dy2f.(Dxy)(Dx2y)

1075

3DxDy2f.

an

is

is also

0, / (a) is

mum
maxi-

mum
maxi-

/"" (a) "0.

derivative

/ (a)
even

which

is neither

does
a

order, the

according

as

not

maximum

2n*,

/(2n)
(a)

then
0.

"

114

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

Implicit functions, f (x, y)

1079.
which

give

maximum

or

The

0.

value

minimum

values
to

of

must

satisfy the equations

a/foy"

and

/ Or, y)

0,

dx

well

as

US"JlL

condition

fulfill the

as

"

is

when

maximum

L
y is

Function

of

will

f fay y)

Ua

and

of

two

be

independent

satisfy the

y that

-J"

-5-

maximum

0,

L^yJ

"

I"

"

d"\

L
1080.

-*-

--""

when

minimum

--f-

"

0.

"-

dy

"

0.

ldV J
variables.

or

minimum

for

values

equations

two

"/fc")-o,"-/"ft*)-o,
and

also

condition

the

"

maximum

dx*'

dtf

)
} requires

d2

ox?

...

minimum

Integration of
1

08

Rational

1.

[dxdy)
and

""

both

*"

be

to

( negative
".

"

ay2

Rational

Functions.

Algebraic
functions

algebraic

positive.

either

are

of

the

form
Axm
of the

or

Bx"-1

Cxm^

Bxm-1

+
xn

ax"-1

+
+

Cx"-2

former

each
the

latter

Kx

+
.

fez71-2 +
.

the

L,

form
Axm

In

case

term

case,

the

degree

is

Formulas
of the

gag

+L

function

separately.

if the

kx

integrated by
816

numerator

and

839.
is not

grating
inteIn
less

DIFFERENTIAL

than

the

divided
is of

the

of

least

at

until

the

A^-1

A0x"*+

less

one

takes

integrated

the

than

the

+Ad

+
.

d=

than

m-

this

of

first part

degree

of

is

/ (x)

is

expression

its separate

integrating

by

the

(x)

higher

not

1.

The

and

n,

function

-^51

where

which

appears

Thus

n.

is

numerator

remainder

115

form

A*?-*

CALCULUS

denominator,

denominator

the

degree

be

to

degree
by

INTEGRAL

AND

integrated,

and

terms;

there

before,

as

remains

to

be

/ (x)

is called

than

that

rational

rational

degree

the

of

denominator.

Rational

fraction

proper

the
"

numerator

Such

fraction

fraction.

proper

Ax"-1

/(s)

the

of

Integration of
A

\ ;
(x)

less

being

fraction

the

integrated
"

is of the
Bxn~2+

Fractions.

Proper

general

Cxn~*

form

+
.

+L

Kx

"

(x)

This

xn

ax"-1

6xn-2

into

separated

kx

+
.

be

is to

partial fractions

the

of

sum

/ (x)

which

shall be

rated
the

factors

into

roots

xt, x2,

F(x)

x3,

to

"

(x-xx)

Now

1083.

"rH
F(x)
by solving

equal

xn,

For

this

the

and

(x-x2)

equation F(x)

then

gives

the

xx

^n
+

Alf A2,
clearing

by

the

x2

'

'
^

An

to

are

of

equation

xn

be

determined.

fractions, which

identity
/ (x)

and

{x)

constants

is done

find

(x-xn).

A2
+

'

This

to

putting

(x-x8)

^1
,_,

the

"

assume

/ (s)

where

is sepa-

F(x)

purpose

"

equating

side of this

AJt
the

(x) +

A2f2 (x) +

coefficients

identity.

of

like

+
.

Anfn (x),

powers

of

on

each

116

MATHEMATICAL

function

the

Thus

be

to

each

partial fractions

HANDBOOK

the form

of

the

which

is

of

sum

integrable

becomes

integrated

"

by 847.

i.

log, (x

a)

C.

x"a

Thus

equation

(x)

to

been
0

"

If

1084.

equal

it has

far

(x)

(x)

have

"

each

(x

all real

are

q roots

xv

assumed

where

roots,

x2)q (x

assumed

^1

{x

Or)

(x

The

values

clearing

of

of

powers

Thus

'

?fl+-..+

"

(x

x2)3-1

numerators

and

fractions

x2

*""""

""""

the

xx

""""

of

"

\
/

a?2)"

x^f-1

+
x

(x

:
.

^p
+

B%
+
,

then

on,

A2

x1)p

each

roots

are

__

the

n.

partial fractions

/ (a)

so

x3)r

p+q+r+...=

The

say

x2, and

to

of

roots

different.

equal

(x

xy

and

equal

the

that

found,

are

the

equating

before, by

as

coefficients

like

of

x.

the

function

be

to

integrated

of the

partial fractions,some

becomes

form
,

the

sum

of

already integrated,

x"a

A_
a

and

the rest of the form

i
If

1085.

pairs;
x2

that

place
form

of
it.

Or)

the

-r^
p)2 + q"
-

the

a)k

xt

(k

is

integrable by 845.

C.

is of

being

a)*-1

1) (re
-

have

imaginary
the

conjugate

fractions

"

a)'

(x

is, if

is of

say,

partial
Or

which

-"

(x

form

form

added

which

is free

two

partial

,
'

give

from

iq

p +

p-

iq.
a

The

root,

corresponding

fraction

that

in

come

other

some

imaginaries
6

fractions

these

roots,

of

and

were

the

form

is used

in

added

to

If there
their

be

two

or

conjugates,

assumed

INTEGRAL

AND

DIFFERENTIAL

more,

the

Z, equal imaginary

say

corresponding

partial

[(x-p)2

q2J

[(*-

similarly for

And

assumed

be

to

Pix+Q,
*

in

found,
and

fractions
the

be

to

some,

others

of

the

integrable by

like

of

of

into

up

x.

partial
and

Px+Q

and

next

tions,
frac-

equation
powers

"

"

8"

other

any

already integrated

Px+Q
(s-p)a

are

of

roots.

partial

the

is broken

which

other

clearing

be, of forms

forms

the

by

of

as

of

numerators

integrated

it may

fractions,

well

as

"f

p)2+

equal imaginary

coefficients

equating

function

Q's,

before,

as

(*-

of

set

and

the

'

f]1-1

other

P's

constants
are

vY

any

the

of

values

the

fractions

P*x+Q2
"

Thus

and

roots

are

Pxx+Q,

The

117

CALCULUS

[(*-p)'+"T
formulas.

ten

1086.

f A? **+*"-a f

ex2

ox+

J a+bx

cx2

b2

"

_nl_
+

bx

cx2

cx2

b +

dx

bx+

ex2

4ac

+C,
b2

"

when

4ac

when

4ac

fe2 "

0.

b*

0.

c,

2cx

"

dx

1089.

h"^L

tan-'

v4oc

*5

ex

-^

bx+

a+

1088.

a+

dx

1087.

Bf-

+
,

bx

(W-*M)-b-2cx\

log,
vV

4oc

\V(62

4ac)

b +

2cx

c"

+
'

when

4ac

b2 "

1090

"7

6a: +

cx2

1
i_

log,

Vft2is

which

Vft2

4oc

merely

4ac

2cx
/ft+ a"
/""""

Vft2

4ac
vgzjggj
-

\6 +

another

is less than

--

b +

2cx+

form
2cx.

of

c,

Vft2-W

1089,

to

be

used

when

0.

118

MATHEMATICAL

J
which
4ac

0, and

1092

C
"fJ
a

b +

2cx

and

in

If 6 + 2cx

4oc.

be

to

used

when

"V"2

-4oc,

of Tanh-1.

place

dx

ex2

bx+

V"2

"

C,

Vb2-4ac

4ac

1087,

to

written

be

may

\Zb*

ex2

analogous

b2 "

Ctnh-1

^^Tanh-'-A"^-

bx+

a+

is

*!

io91.

HANDBOOK

log, (a+bx+

ex2)

2c

2c

dx

f-

ex2

bx+

xdx
1093

"

bx

ex2)*

(p

2c

i) (a

bx

cx*Y

bx

1
Aac

b+
b2

(p-

1) (a

(2p-3)2c
|

"

(4ac
The
the

-1)J
1) J

62) (p

in

the

bx

cx2

1086

ex2)11-1

(a

6x

ex2)*-1

formula

depend

makes

ultimately

on

which

refer

of

above

to

087-1

from

091

becomes

1092

Bx

bx+

ex2
2Ac-Bb

completes

integration
into

ex2)*

dx

member

This

bx

this reduction

of

by substitution

A+
'

first

for
+

Formula

1095

dx

/;
a

bx

2cx

f
f-

repeated application
integral

J (a
J

2c

ex2)*-1

dx

J (a

1094

-1

dx

the

rational

partial fractions.

.
.

,x

dx

r
.

list of

formulas

proper

fractions

necessary

by

for

breaking

the

them

DIFFERENTIAL

AND

formulas

easily

few

added

INTEGRAL

119

CALCULUS

deduced

the

from

foregoing

are

here.

dx

1096.

ex2

ex

tan

"

C.

"

ac

ac

[a "

0,

c"

0.]

PS--1*^

097.

ex2

f"

098.
J

ex

"**

ex

-^=

Tanh-1
ex2
c

a"

"Vac

C.

vac

0,

a"

fjvac
/Vac

1
1",

log,

"

2Voc
/ac

c"0.

cx"
cx\

n
C.

)+

"

XVac

cx/

"

r~^__"Itan-1-+C--Ictn-1H+C.

099.

a2 +

x2

-x2

a2

log.

v/^
a

"

x2

a2

[x"a]

C.

"

-ictnh-^
J

[x"a]

C.

XZOI

iTanh-1^

/dx

IIOO.

+
a

[*"a]
"

Irrational

Integration of
An

expression

changed
variable.

to

form

Following

Algebraic

radicals

containing

rational

by

can

in

often

very

substitution

of

which

device

the

cases

are

Functions.

this

useful.

1 102.

Put

Va

bx=-

y,

then

x=

~a
,

dx"-^dy.
0

103.

Put

%/a+

bx

y,

then

dx

n\
0

be
new

is

120

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

the

For

104.

of

removal

^"*

Vo^TfcV,

of the

radical

form

"*-bz

put

y,

then

a
x

y*

"

"

2y

For

105.

the

2y*

of

removal

^a^bx

put

"
"

radical

Va2

form

IPx2,

]_^

of the

1+J/2
wdw

4a
,

"~

(If

where

for

one

the

106.

of

removal

in

the

itself

is

radical

for

(i) Put,

(l+i/2)2

the

of

for

one

the

abbreviation,

form

there

positive,

always

sign and

upper

"

___

For

"~

"

^_

Va+

bx"
two

are

bx

cx"

(b

\^4ac
"

2cx)
_

h(l-yi)-2by.
x

Va

bx

cx*-11*;1*^'
4Vc.y

devices,

lower.

b2

h, and

put
2Vc^a

ex2,

which

then

107.

V4ac

abbreviation,

for

(ii) Put,

121

CALCULUS

INTEGRAL

AND

DIFFERENTIAL

b2

k, and

then

put
Ik

"+

2cx

which

b +

(1

2c

Va

foe

iyes
6

y'

2cx

if)

ky

ex2

Vdi+y2)
2kydy

f /*

108.

11

sin-1^

Vtf-x2

Va2

^sin-1^

Va2-*2

ax
-^

C.

C.

^sin-1^

mi.

"

cos-1

or=-

^Va2-f

"

x2

fVa2-x2.dx

10.

C,

f fdx

09.

C.

-Sinh-^+C^Sinh-1-

x/r8

"

a2

log, (z

tfdx

1112.

JVa^

a2

fVxt +

I Vz2

a?.dx

1114.

a2

1 v'^Ta?

r
t/

,dx
Vtf-a2

" Vx2

C.

Sinh-*"

-4-

Vx2
^log,(x
+

"

Sinh-1

+a2

"cosh-i"+

flog,
(x

"

a2) +

C.

Vx"

c.

Xo"ixWtf-a^

#7.

a2)

1113.

Vs8

"tf_"

=xv/t2

C.

a2) +

C.

122

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

f fdx. -gV^^

1115.

" vV

g-'Cosh-'g+C.

a*

log,(x +

a1) + C.

/'Vx^o'.dx-IVx^^'-^Cosh-1^
/"

1116.

V"^tf-

2ax

C.

C-mn-^-^+c

x2

"

XdX

f
V2ax

"/

log, (x +\/xJ^aJ)

^vers-1-+
v

t/

IIl8.

dx

7.

III

Va?

--^-^^/ivftBr^^r?
x2

V2as

s2

sin-1

?-^^+

C.

1 1

(V2ax-x2.dx

19.

"VS^^

"

|ffln-*(^)
C.

1120.

Va+bx+

Vc

ex2

when
1

a^i^i

Sinn-

2cs
+
/ b"+J^\

c"

0.

c"

0.

C,

\\/4ac-62/
when

4ac

l_Cosh-^4"J^U

0,

C,

W"2-W

Vc
/c

when

isin-1
V

"2 "

4ac

-62

( b+2cx)
V Vb2

"

0,

0.

c"

C, when

"

OJ

-W

1121.

/./
"

TT

"

"

IJ~~

b+2cx
j

/v

wherein

4ac"b2fdx
,

VX

"Va

bx

ex2.

123

CALCULUS

INTEGRAL

AND

DIFFERENTIAL

1122.

(A

2Ac-Bb

BVX

dx

Bx)

/dx

Va

ex2

+bx+

VX

2c

VX

wherein

Va

bx +

ex2.

bx

ex3.

1123,

xm

Va

(2m

xm-1VX

dx
bx +CX2

1)6

2mc

mc

(m

1)

"

(x(x

VX

Va

the

by

dx

of

substitution

+CX2

to the

changed

is

2/ for

first member

of the

form

of

x"

the

p)m Va+bx

(* x"-2

VX

wherein

VX

mc

dx

1124.

rxm-1dx

formula.

preceding
1125.
dx

Tanh

(a-

x)Vx

Va-

"

V"
V

+C
a

*
b

"

The

real

form

Ctnh-

or

Va2

or

tan-1

7r
V

taken.

\/v^
V

be

to

a-

+C

1126.

/;(a

Tann-Vl-11-2
C

dx

x) Vb

Vb-a

"

The

"

2
or

Ctnh-1

Vb^a
-

or

"

2
tan-

Va-b

v/-^=-2C
b-

taken.

JIH
+

Va-b

form

real
to

be

124

MATHEMATICAL

127.
J

in

place

(A

dx

Bx)

putting py+9

=hy

hx2) Va+bx+cx2

(f+gx+

values

the

of x,

HANDBOOK

of

and

V +

determined

being

from

equations

the

and

2cpq

(p

q)

2a

2hpq

(p

q)

2/

putting

then

place

in

and

h1z)Val+

(/1+

integrable by

"

CjZ

to

the

forms

which

"

are

(/2+ h^y/dyZ +cx#

and

1096,

1098.

(x) dx

// (x)
F

y2, is reduced

of

1102,

/-

bx

can

be

of

terms

the

integrated by

ex2

f (x)

of

separation

'

into

'

series

and

partial

f rac-

(x)

dx

tions, multiplying each

by

the
form

1 1

when

or.

24

Or)

(A

of the

Bx)

of

of

roots

be
the

the

tion
equa-

(2bB-4cA)x

=+0'

(a+bx+cx2)*

of

27.

"^i^-

Va

(b2-4ac)

formulas for integral

Reduction

11

(4aB-2bA)

dx

will

fractions

imaginary

form

integrating

ex2

bx+

partial

pair

0 occurs,

1129.

The

terms.

separate

and

=-

vc

the

of

powers

bx +

cx2

trigonometric

functions.
I

1130.

a\rimx.QO"nx.dx

sin-^.cosn^+mZL_l

/%in^x.Cos"
*."**,
J

m+n

smm+i
H3i.

cosn~
osn

"x
+-

"

m+

fsmmx.cosn-3x.dx.

nj

/sinm
x

cosn

"

smm+l

(n

1) cos

n-xa;

m-

nn-

sinm

a;

Jcos*-3a?

sinm-1

m
ff*

x
"*/

K71JLX
_

U33-

r"

(m

rsinm-3
Sill
/

1
I

n)

"

134.

(n

cos11-1

1)

C sin"-3

m-

cosn

"

"*"

nj

"

"

x
""/

cosn-1x

sin"*-1
,

"

"
~~

125

CALCULUS

INTEGRAL

AND

DIFFERENTIAL

cosn-3

1 J

"ax.
x

/cosn
x

-dxj

sinmx

cosn+1

(m

1) sin"1-1

"

cos*1-1
"

130.

"

"

(m

1)

"

"

"

sii
sinm-3a;

a;

dX.

"

sin"*-2

1 J

x
"

C cos11-2

sin"*-1

/* cosn

J
J

"

"

n"

m"

dx
1137

si
smm

cosn

m+

dx

n"

The

the

(alternately) of
of

the

dx=

two

is

one

x,

dx

cos

cos

"

"

log, cos

x,

log, tan

cos

cosx

x.dx

"

"

"

sin

cos

f *L

"

log, sin

"

x,

sinx

j sin

x,

f -i*
sinx

dx

dx

"

"

sin x.dx

/sin

sin x,

="

of

or

(1130-1138)

formulas

foregoing

one

following integrable forms:

/cos
I

of

applications

repeated

of

result

"J

2x,

cos

log, tan

x,

tan

fc
\4

1\
2/

126

For

MATHEMATICAL

/ sinm

cosn

tanm

x.dx,

x.dx,

HANDBOOK

use

x.dx,

putting

1131,

use

x.dx,

/ secn

x.dx,

use

1137,

x.dx,

use

1136, putting

use

putting

138, putting

Miscellaneous

0.

0.

m-

putting

1134,

J ctnn

cscm

putting

1130,

use

m.

n.

0.

0.

Integrals,

dx
U39"

b sin

"

sec

"

tan-1

(sec
5
1 sec 0
a

| " tan^
x

tan
tan

C,

"

when

1140.

6, and

"

"**. ^"^iogegHLij^^
a

"

sin

cos

when

i (xT

a, and

"

sin /J.

(7y

a)
a

6 sin

"

a2 "

when

a.

6*.

***
"

1142,

cos

^^(v/lri

*""")+*
when

eoaxdx

"

XI44-

cos

"

cos

1
-

-t

dx
+

sinxdx

....

a+

T_

""_a

log, (a

fe**

ft2"

cos

C.

cos

x)
'

C.

a2,

"45-

dx

b tan

[b log, (a

=-

a2

sin

/ sin

147.

cos

si
sin

cos

mx

"

(m-

148.
48.

ri)x

sin

ri)

(m

cos

cos

cos

mx

n)

"

(m-

ri)

(m

4-

-n) a;

(m

ri)

sin (m+

ri)x

(m-

ri)

(m

ri)x
+

"

ri)

/ 10g,xdx"

1152.

(log.x)n

xlog,X-

dx

C.

(log,x)n-n

anxn)

a2a?

ax

II5I,

I(log.x)*-1dx.

fzMog,xdx x"+1P^^--- 1_1+C.

1153.

"

\jn
I

154.

Xm

(lOgeX)n

771 +

(m

1)2J

dx

l0^X)n

f x*

-^"
-

(log,x)"-i

1J

m+

P""xdx__\o!kx_l+c,

"55.

"

/IxPe^dx
a

dx

nx

ISO.
50.

(m+

cos

ri)

"

sin (m

(m+ri)

__

149.

iir).

dx

nx

C.

ax]+

dx

nx

sin {m

b sin x)

sin

mx

jr-log,
tan
(*x

"

cos

o2

f-

146.

127

CALCULUS

INTEGRAL

AND

DIFFERENTIAL

x2

XX

*)n
r(l"fr

156.
J

dx

?"
"

(iogex)~+i

c.

dx

C.

128

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

Definite Integrals.
b

II

""

Ua

da

Joa+

db

2\/ab

bx2

Wab

J a+bx2
J
a
*a/b

bx2
bx2

t/"

n6o

dx

Joa

da

s-s-sda

f-f+f-

58-

II

"57

Ja

*a/b
II

f-*

62.

ir
SB

"

"/

nVCo'v

"

a"

-"

"

2\/b

bx2

00

sin 6x

ir

dx

II

if 6 is

""

positive;
negative;

ii

64.

fS"*!?
dx=
Jo

67.

dx

=W-

Jo

Vx

/ sin2

mxdx

0, if

"

0.

/ sin2n

,"

cos2

dx

mx

"*".

Jo

+1

I cos2n
Jo

xdx=

Jo

4 x

2 x

dx,
2n

6 X
...

7x

3x5x

wherein

(2n+l)
-

is

168.

/ sin2n

xdx=

Jo

cos2n

dx,

Jo
1 x

3 x

5 x

...

(2n

1)

ir.
.

2x4x6x...2w

gral
positive intenumber.

is

\/x

Jo

ii

if 6

"

00

Ccos
Ci

166.

"

oo

3D

Jo

'sin xdx
rsin
ii

"

DIFFERENTIAL

AND

129

CALCULUS

INTEGRAL

00

le-ndx"l.

Xl'69.

erx% dx=

170.

\\Zv.

Jo

Jo
00

[whereinis

f*"e" d*--"L,

1171.

Jo

Ln

an

ls

positive,

positive integer.

00

r^

-^"

sin

[0 "

Approximate
find

To

the

of

arc

the

ordinates,

of the

area

curve

the

suppose

strips by

narrow

their

series

strips the

the

to

space

the

axis

of

required

between

and

x,

made

by

closer

the

of

any

the

being

number

the

larger
the

fixed
into

equidistant ordinates,
The

an

two

divided

be

to

strip, and
area

of

space

apart.

each

narrower

included

plane

given

distance

common

Integration.

f(x),

y=

1.

n"

nw

of

mation
approxifollowing

methods.

(i)

Each

strip regarded

height equal
The

to

of the

areas

the

their

base

left-hand

the

on

of

side

and
of

it.

strips are

A,

sum,

rectangle

ordinate

hy"" %i"
and

as

is

hy2f

hyn_l}

approximately

the

the

of

area

given

space.
1

A-

181.

(ii) Each

h(y0+

y2 +

yt+

strip regarded

as

,+y^.

trapezoid the

of

areas

which

are

and

their

This

($y0 +

approximation

yx +

is closer

y2 +

curve

than

(iii) A still closer approximation

the

sum

182.

passing through the

+yn_t

that

given by

is obtained

ends

of

iyn).

each

1181.

by regarding
set

of

three

13Q.

MATHEMATICAL

ordinates

successive

this purpose,
The

axis

the

of

area

parallel
number.

even

an

strips lying

two

"M2/0+
The

For

ordinates.

the

to

of

arc

ordinates

the

between

2/3 is

Vv

Vv

make

the

being approximately

as

its

having

parabola

HANDBOOK

of the

area

y2" Vv

next

*2/i+ 2/2)-

is

V*

ih(y2+
And

so

the

on,

1183.

This

\h [y0 +

formula

is

stripsbeing

42/n-i+

\n double

of these

sum

y4).

last two

of the

area

4t/3+

ih (2/n-2+
The

ordinates

the

between

strips lying

two

2/n).

strips is

(yx +

yz +

yh +

(y2 +

2/4 +

2/6 +

known

"

the

under

y%-J

2/"-2)+
of

name

ttJ-

Simpson's

Rule.
Rule

Simpson's
the definite

be

may

used

for

the

computing

value

of

integral
b

fjf (x)dx,
provided
remain

its derivatives

and

finite and

b, and

s=

of

/ (x)

in the

sign

further

provided

that

interval

and

from

fY (x) undergo

Under

interval.

same

the

in

continuous

f (x), f (x),

fn (x)
a

to

change

no

conditions

these

f
1184.

/ / (x) dx=ih[y0+
+

last term

The
that

(y2 +

(^

2/4 +2/6 +

represents "7, the

2/s +

2/3 +

"

error

"

"

of

e
.

*i,

h*

w"

o")

2/n-i)

2/n-2)+ Vn]

Simpson's

is

185.

(o)].

Rule,

DIFFERENTIAL

In

than

this

expression p is no. further known

positiveor negative proper fraction,

therefore
1 and

n86.

the

P "

limits of the

1 for p in the

1 "

Limits

of

are

found

by substituting

jj"\f (b)

(o)].

Order.
Fjfrst

Differential
Equations of the

equation of the first order involves

the first derivatives of the dependent variable.
A

differential

Given,

1201.

/ (x) dx+

I f(x)dx+

Solution,

it is

expression.

"

that

1;

error

above

error

131

CALCULUS

INTEGRAL

AND

only

(y)dy=*0.

fF

(y)dy

C.

Separation of the Variables.

(y) dx+
f (x)."p

Given,

1202.

f4M

Solution,

1203.

This

is

the solution

/ / (x,y) dx

up

1204.

(x,y) dy

0.

is either

if the

But

"p(y)

Dx? (*,y);

\"p
(x,y)

\f(x,y)
y)dy+j
J "p(x,

or

0.

integrableif
"vf (*,y)

and

(x).^ (y)dy

("Mdy=C.

dx+

J F(x)

Given, / (x,y) dx
form

/ Dy

I Dx"p(x,y)dy\
dx

condition

f(x,y)dx\
dy

of

C,

above
integrability

C.

given

the equation may

become
satisfied,
integrable when
which
multipliedby an integratingfactor,M
must
satisfy

is not

the

partialdifferential equation

'

/ (x,y) DyM

"p (x,y) DJI

[Dx"p(x,y)

Dvf (x,y)].

132

MATHEMATICAL

In

1205.

many

HANDBOOK

cases

dy

found

be

can

dx
m

the

from

equations

dM

_
'

/ (*, V)

(x, y)

Homogeneous
If

1206.

to

as

and

"

(x,y)]

be

geneous
first order, homo-

of the

equation

can

y,

[Dx"p(xyy)-Dyf

DifferentialEquations.

differential

reduced

to

the

general

form

4g_-

tfy
-'""

dx

it

solved

be

can

by putting

t" V

zt,

xdt

dy*=

tdx.

The

solution

is

-//"^+c-

1061

DifferentialEquations.

Linear
A

differential

linear

and

variable
The

only.
order

is

equation

its derivatives

general

form

equation

an

ent
depend-

first
of

degree

the

first

is

wherein

and

functions

are

First, determine

py -0,

or

constants.

is

as

follows.

by integrating

"L

of

of solution

method

The

1207.

that

is,

dx

which

the

the

in

occur

such

of

in which

one

the

equation

"
-

Pdx,

gives
~

-fpdx

y=CeJ
Next,

fpdx
or
,

differentiate

y e-*

="

er

"

G
.

C, obtaining

/Pdx\dy+ Pydx)=0;
fPdx

which

shows

that

given equation.

eJ

is

an

integrating

factor

of

the

DIFFERENTIAL

INTEGRAL

AND

the

Finally, multiply

133

CALCULUS

given equation

by

this

integrating

factor, obtaining

(dy

"

which

Pydx)

Qdx.

e'

integrated gives
fPdx

yeJ

-fPdx
or

1208.

[fe/PdxQdx+c'].

eJ

e/PdxQdz+C,

differential

of the

equation

general

form

ax

wherein

reduced

and

to

functions

are

linear

the

form

multiplying through by (

l)2Tn^+

(-n+

or

constants,

dividing through

by
n

of

1), and, in the

can

by

result

(-n+l)Pirn+1=(-n+l)

0,

ax

putting

for

y-n+1.

^-

The

result

is thus

(l-n)P"-

reduced

to

(l-n)Q,

ax

which

is linear

to

as

z.

DifferentialEquations

--*{

Given

1209.

-=

of

the

Second

Order.

/ (x).

dx*

Solutions

(1)

(2)

I dx

I f (x) dx

I f (x) dx

Ctx

C2.

J xf(x)dx+C1x+C2.

be
yn,

134

MATHEMATICAL

HANDBOOK

Given

i 2 io.

S-'"Solution

dy

I2i

".

VC,+

2//(y)d2/

Given

i.

da?

By

x-

-"ffl

-^

putting

2,

"

dx

*
"

-^-

there

derived

are

two

dx2

dx

equations,

f"-+Cu

x.

from

which, by

the

ff"?

y-

of z, the

elimination

C
2"

required

solution

results.
Given

1212.

"(%"')

dx?

By

putting

-^z,

"

dx

result

is

^{^",

dx2

the

in

given

equation,

the

dx

first order

differential equation of the

in z,

namely

dz

/ (z,x),which

"

"

be

may

integrable.

dx

If the
the

result

solution

of

of

integrating
the

given

integrating dy=*"p (x)

"I3.

By

"

equation

"p

(x),

is

then

obtained

by

dx.

"-/("*).

Given

putting

it be

-^
-

ax

z,

"?
dx2

-4-

in
,

dy

the

given

equation,

DIFFERENTIAL

the

result

is

INTEGRAL

AND

differential

135

CALCULUS

of

equation

the

in z,

first order

namely

f--/(*;*).

".

which

be

may

If the

integrable.

the

integral of

the

of

it be

integrating

"p(y),

*-

then

result

is

given equation

Differential Equations

"

"p(y)

n*

the

of

order

with

constant

coefficients.
Given
dn-x

dny
a

substitution

The

(i)

dy

of

for

erx

in

each

of

term

this

equation gives
(aQrn+

which

expression

an

satisfies the

a1rn^x +

vanishes

r2,

solution

each

is

the

rn

be

for

o") erx,

value

every

Cxe"
in

the

of

which

there

is

another,

coefficients
then

1215,

imaginary

av

a2,

member

of

root, say

conjugate,
.

general

CneT**,
this

equation

p +

iq, there

given equation.

its

a0,

the

equation,

Cz"f"* +

right-hand

one

"0.

+an

is

Cjf*

of the

of this

roots

given equation

term

solution

a2r"-* +

the

are

particular solution

(ii) If
must

of the

1214.

and

equation
atf" +a1rn-1

If rv

a2rn~i +

"

"

"

iq, provided

all real.

are

an

r4

say

r8

The

general

becomes

Ci"i*

Cjf*

Cge*

[C3

e**

cos

qx

C****.

+C4

sin

qx]

136

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

(iii) If

say

some,

*"l

1216.

12

last

roots

^8

**

equal,

are

*J"

"*

=
"

"

"

becomes

C2x +C,x*+

"

Cpx*-1)

Given

17.

The

(C1

"**

r2

then

general solution

the

the

of

p,

roots

rl9

r3,

r2,

determined

first

are

rn

in

as

the

problem.
general solution

The

wherein

zxeT*x

zif

z2,

zly

is

z2eT*

V**

the

are

zn

+
.

Znf*"
of

results

the

solving

equations

dx

dx

d*x

r2^x

i^,*

*a
+

for

its

1218.

given

equation

right-hand

4h

v"*

r^^xdzn
_

dx

ax

Cxe*x

had

member,

C2er**

dx

(XX

ax

the

ax

ax

ax

ax

If

dx

ox

ox

ax

constant

its solution

+
.

instead

would

Cn"*--* +

be

"
"

of

/ (x)

V.

SECTION

GEOMETRY.

ANALYTIC

N.B.

Rectangular

The

coordinates

between
I

the

and

Point

The

coordinates

of

(xlf yt)

points

two

in

Plane.

otherwise

unless

assumed

are

(x, y)

point

Line

Straight

the

dividing

(x2, y2) in

and

stated.

distance
ratio

given

are

: m

lx_

.-

1301.

ly~

mxx

x=*"

lt

mytstl'

2/=
,

I +

X*
X

I302.
0

is

bisection

of

point

The

I +

by

given

y-1Lk"JL.
"

Xl
"

The

point

lx9

by
ly9

mx.

"

"

between

distance

1304.

If

1305.

distance

d?

If

is

{xx

the

the

x2)2

(yx

oblique

y2)2

line

the

angle which

(yt

(x2, y2) is

(xlt yt) and

y2)\

making

angle

an

(xx

makes

x2) (i/1
-

axis

the

with

$/2)cos
of

then

1306.

Xl
cos

X*

sin

'

y*
a

1307.

distance

of

any

^2
*

The

the

co

equation

the

by

x2)2

be

axes

given

points

two

V(xt

"*"

l-m

l-m

The

my,

"

y^-^2

1,

2
=

is given

division

of external

1303,

point

(x, y) from

d^Vtf+y2.
137

the

origin is

w.

is a,

138

MATHEMATICAL

If the

be

axes

oblique, making

1308.

Va?

If A

If B

=-

If C

"

the

on

axis

of y.

the

of

axes

y, the

equation

line

the

of

of y, its

equation

and

makes

"

"

with

angle /?

an

line makes

written

makes

of

axis

be

x.

origin.

straight

may

^=1.

straight

the

intercepts which

and

the

through

passes

axis

0.

0, the straight line is parallel to the

6 be

direction

is

of

0, the straight line

the

w.

axis

1310.

If

cos

0, the straight line is parallel to the

and

2xy

co,

straight line

By

angle

an

of the

Ax

1309.

y1

general equation

The

If

HANDBOOK

the

intercept

an

positive
b

on

the

called

the

is
"

y=mx+b,

1311.

wherein

slope

"

of the

The

".

tan

coefficient

line.

[
straight

and

has

given

line

inclination

If

straight

the

(Zi"2/i)and

line

"

tan

of xy its

equation

2/

*i).
given

two

points

y*-yi.

-yi
=

x^

X2

"*/"

tan

^2

ILx
.

*^2

be

perpendicular

in

equation
1314.

is

(x2" 2/2)its equation is

1313-

If

p.

given point (xl9 yt)

through

passes

"

"

axis

(*-

"

V-Vi=

1312.

the

to

b
,

through

passes

"

If the

is often

length
of the

and

make

an

straight line
x

cos

origin

the

from

angle

the

takes

2/ sin

with

upon

the

normal

"

0.

straight line
axis

form,

of

the

An
the

of

equation
form

normal

the

139

GEOMETRY

ANALYTIC

form

Ax

By

is reduced

"

to

by putting

1315.

cos

-sin

a,

a,

"Va2+b*

"Va2+b2
-"
p.

"Va*
N.B.

The

+b"

sign of the radical

is to

be

chosen

so

give p

to

as

positive

value.

The

length

(xi"Vi)

to. the

straight

1316.

line

cos

(xlco8a

"

drawn

perpendicular

the

of

y sin

from
a

"

point

any
0 is

p),

y18ma-

"

wherein

the

(xi" Vi)
the

the

and

is

positive sign
origin

negative sign

are

they

are

when

sides

opposite

on

when

taken

be

to

the

on

the

of the

point

line, and

side

same

of

the

line.
If the
Ax

By

in the

of the

equation
C

0, the

given straight
the

of

length
Ax*
,
I

By.
yi

+
*

points for

the

same

the

origin.

sign

as

(Ax

wherein

through

the
Ax

the

which
C

are

on

is

By

C)

is

given

'

B*

of

numerator

the

side

same

(A'x

arbitrary, represents

intersection
+

By+C

of the

of the

bisectors

Ax+By+C
are

form

this

fraction

of the

given

has

line

equation

1318.

The

perpendicular

the

VA2+

The

of

form

1317.

All

line be

and

A'x

all

the

and

A'x

lines

straight

B'y

lines
C

between

B'y

C"

equation

b*

Va^

angles

Ax+By+C-pA'x+B'y+C
Va2

C")

straight

supplementary
=

represented by

two

B'y

b*

^^

drawn

as

140

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

Or, if the
normal

form

(x

cos

The
and

13 14,
y sin

condition
the

the

equations

p) "

"

that

and

eliminating

vanish, that

is

(x

three

a'

lines

bisectors

lines

their

three

the

are

"

0.

through

pass

determinant

the

in

are

i/sin a'-p')

straight

from

of the

cos

that

is

point

same

given straight

of the

equations

one

formed

equations

by

should

ABC
1320.

(#3,1/3)lie

B'

C"

A"

B"

C"

condition

The

1321.

A'

on

straight

one

three

that

0.

points (xl9yt), (x2,y2),

line is

"

2/l

that

(*2

is, that

*s) +

(*3

2/2

Xl) +2/3 (*1

angle
Ax

with

make

6 which

By

0,

*2

2/2

*s

2/s

is

and

lines

A'x

"'y

either

given by
A A'

0.

straight

two

other

each

COS0

1322

determinant

the

x,

The

*2"

C"

of the

"

equations

BB'

"

"V(A2+B2)V(A'2+B'2)
A'B-AB'
sin

1323

"Va2+bWa,2+B'2
A'B

tan#

1324.

The

lines

are

perpendicular
AA'

1325.

they

are

AB'

parallel (0

0")

to

each

+5"'=0;
when
A

1326.
A{

JS'*

other

(0

"

90")

when

'

If

the

the

of

equations

141

GEOMETRY

ANALYTIC

lines

straight

in

the

given by

the

given

are

explicit form
and

y=mx+b
the

which

angle

make

they

m'x

"

with

each

m"

m'

other

is

equation
tan0

1327.

m'm

1 +

1328.

The

1329.

They

The
line

angle

lines

of

equation

straight line

the

in

mx

"

perpendicular

are

'

m*

parallel when

are

"

m.

when

m'm

which

cuts

point (xl9yt)

and

-1.

"

given straight

makes

with

it

an

0 is
tan0

tfi+

.--

"v

The

of

equation

(xl9yx)

and

perpendicular

1331.

Or,

Ax

b is

mx

"

point

*i).

the

represented by

equation

of

the

tion
equa-

perpendicular

(afj,
i/i)is
A

1332,

straight

angle

0 with

(y

lines

yx)

the

1334.
are

1 +

Double

the

the

a^).

point (xv yt)

three

tan

making

0
.

of

area

and

tan

m+

y-!fi
,

xt

(*

mx+

tan

"

through
line y

the

y~yi

I333-

which

line y

given

line is

0, the

="

the

passing through

(s-

given straight

By

through

an

the

to

y-2/i

if the

Two

line

straight

xt

triangle

the

"

the

tan

vertices

points (xlfyt), (x2,y2), (x8, y8)

determinant

X2

2/2

xz

2/3

of

is the

142

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

The

condition

line

is that

of

straight

that

this

three

these

determinant

line

lie in

points

passing through

the

Hence

vanish.

straight

one

equation

given points

two

be

may

written

1335.
0.

of

system

of

coordinates

polar

in

point

plane

sists
con-

of
r

the

of the

distance

point from

the

origin.
"p

These

the

"

polar coordinates

which

angle

the

positive

axis

of

with

direction

the

of

x.

related

are

makes

to

rectangular

dinates
coor-

follows:

as

1336.

vV

"

y2,

cos

y^rsimp,

"p,

"p=

tan-1

"*

"

The

between

distance, d,
the

given by

(r2,"p2)is

equation
"**

1337The

points (rlt"pt)and

two

r?

r2*
of

polar equation

("pt

2rtr2 cos

straight

p2).

line is

'-

1338.

wherein

straight

line

fixed

the
and

("p a)

from

perpendicular
a

is the

p,

="

the

which

angle

origin
makes

the

upon

with

the

axis.

The

of

polar equation

points

two

is

cos

(rl9"pt)and

straight

line

passing through

(r2,"p2)is

1339.
rr1 sin

("p- "pt)+

rxr2 sin

+
("px "p2)
-

of

Transformation
If
the
set

and

be

coordinates
of axes,

the

same

transformation

point
of

an

("p2 "p)
"

0.

Coordinates.

of any

coordinates

of the

r2r sin

with

point,

and

reference

equation

to

the

#' and
to
new

y'
new

axes

ANALYTIC

is effected

by substituting

in the

equation
of

respective equivalents

in

terms

and

be

the

x0 and

Let

yf.

referred

the

to

parts of
notation

y0

old

axes.

two

any

and

the

for

of the

the

angle

and

af be

the

and

their

coordinates

new

coordinates

being

one

,,

the

Let
axes

the

or
a

143

GEOMETRY

origin

new

between

the

expressed

negative

tive
posithe

by

the

of

x'

other,

reading

in every

the

from

being

case

lower

letter

to

a'
the

Thus

upper.

sin

the

means

sine

of the

angle through

which

With
written

must

turn

this
as

to

take

notation

direction

the

the

formulas

of a'.
transformation

for

follows:
x*

1340.

New

old.

the

parallel to

axes

11*
*

=0,

"

x
X

Xq +

formulas

hold

for

0.

X"
,

v'-

y=y0+
These

are

both

oblique

rectangular

and

axes.

1341.

From

oblique

to

axes

(x

xQ) sin

oblique.

x' sin

(y

sin y

y'

2/o)siny

x' sin

sin

y'

y\

1342.

From

oblique

(x

xQ)

to

axes

sin

x' sin

of

x' is

From

2/0)s^n

"

oblique

parallel to

a;0)sin

axes

to

z
=

x' sin

(y

Vo) sin

yf cos

y'.

when

rectangular,
is

x
="

0,

90".

'+

y' cos
y

y
x

"

(x

yf cos

x' s^n

of x, that

that

1343.

rectangular.

(y

"

x
"

the

axis

144

MATHEMATICAL

From

1344.

of

\f

is

HANDBOOK

oblique
that

parallel to

of

y, that

x0) sinx

the

axis

x'

is

0,

(x-

when

rectangular,

to

axes

90"

or

270".

x',

"

(y

2/o)sin

"

x'

From

1345.

x'
x'/

x0=

yr
,

y'

cos

cos

"

a:

i/

y0

x' sin

"

2/'sin

"

From

1346.

oblique.

to

axes

x
x

rectangular

x"

2/'cos

sul

rectangular

oblique,

to

axes

when

the

axis

x'

of

x1 is

that

parallel to

of

that

x,

is

0.

Rectangular

1347.

is

parallel to

is ^

of y, that

that

oblique,

to

axes

when

the

axis

of

90".

x'
/

X0

"

cos

"

x'

*'

y-y*=

y\

sm
x

1348.

Rectangular

x'

x0

rectangular.

to

axes

x'
,

cos

y'

sin

x'
2/

2/o

"

x'

x'

2/'c"s

s*n
x

x'

By

putting

the

angle

written

1349.

form

in the

1/'
*

2/

0, these

1/

commonly

more

x0

x'

2/o

#' s^n #

cos

'

be

"

used,

yf sin 0,
V

cos

0,

equations

may

%f

ANALYTIC

general equation of the second

The

ax*

1350.
The

2hxy

Discriminant

The

1352.

either

curve,

according

be

or

pair

If

1355.

relative
ab

positive
0, the

to

a/2

is

0.

bg2 -ch2.

of the

discriminant

represented

curve

is

the

circle)or

is

central

hyperbola,

negative.

or

represented

curve

0, the equation

is either

bola
para-

lines.

parallelstraight

of
=

variables

two

h2.

"

0, the

not

is

If C

1354.

2fy

2fgh

ellipse (including

an

as

2gx

abc

derivative

degree in

is
h

If C

1353.

by2

A-

1351.

145

GEOMETRY

represents

pair of straight

lines.

If C

be

not

general equation
the

0, and

general equation.

therefore

the

transformed

be

can

the

of

Transformation

be

curve

central, the

parallel axes

to

through

center.

The
the

coordinates

x0,

of

y0

the

center

are

found

by solving

equations
ax0

hxQ
These
g in

the

equations

The

coordinates

and

a*2

1357*
wherein

takes

c' (which
of the

center

0.

condition
should

of the

that

each

center

be

the

equal

and

new

0.

to

are

ab-h*'y"~ab-h2'
is thus

general equation

degree

the

equation

The

by0

express

transformed

1356.

hif0+ g=0,

the
+

freed

of

terms

of

the

first

form

by2

2fcry +
is the
for

result
and

c'
of

y in the

0,

substituting

the

nates
coordi-

general equation)

"
"

146

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

Further,

the

the

turning
vanish.

between

exist

the

center

done

be

can

old

is transformed

equation

so

the

from

disappear

to

make

to

as

the

of

set

one

h
that

when

coefficients

new

by

new

relations

the

of

virtue

by

and

made

be

can

xy

the

on

axes

This

in

term

an

rectangular

axes

another.

to

These

in the

relations

present

1358.
ah

By

making

known;

for

the

are

called

h!

two

the

the

values

two

(a+

of k

the

to

The

0 is the

(i)

will

axis

of

Let

both

these

product

on

A2-0.

06-

which

the

this

is

b the

1363.

one

are

the

given by

turned

are

axes

to

make

equation

the

of

principal

of

axis

the

becomes

now

b'y2+

be

roots

each

-^

(ii) Let

equation

c'

forms

0.

according

to

the

signs

of

discriminating quadratic.
positive.

axis, is

a2
"

be

may

x.

intercepts,

1362.
a

They

which

the

The

closed

equation

curve,
may

makes

curve

be

and

-"

ellipseis
be

root

An

1,

Ellipse.

or

Circle.

negative.
1,
-*"-

Then

Hyperbola.

if

written

form

If

become

known.

are

by solving

different

assume

of the

intercepts
be

their

found

a'x2

roots

coefficients, a', V,

inclination

1361.

the

new

general equation

This

k'2

^-.

20

tan

angle

conic

a'b'

b) k+

disappear

a"

The

quadratic equation,

through

in xy

1360.

h2

sought.

angle

term

a'

are

discriminating quadratic:

a' and

the

of

roots

fc2-

The

and

sum

1359.
The

0, the

"

their

case

real
and
in

b
the

ANALYTIC

(iii)Let

both

be

rpots

1364.

a2

When

(iv)

c'

I305*

No

-1,

real locus.

o2

vanishes

"

in

jEi. j"

..-

Then

negative.

4t

"

147

GEOMETRY

of A

consequence

infinitelysmall

=0,

ellipseat

the

U.

"

,,

a2

tr

Or,

ongin.

lines

straight

of

pair

imaginary

intersecting

the

at

origin.
A

_j"

ii

x*66

"*

Pa*r

rea*

lines

straight

in-

'

a2

the

tersecting at

b2

of

.asymptotes

origin,being
the

the

corresponding

hyperbola.
If C

is if db

0, that

form

general equation
the

of

parallel axes
the

By turning

become

without

axes

2d

tan

infinite,so

that

changing

quadratic
also

o'

either
the

loses

1367.
This

be

can

origin

to

as

so

hf

the
0

quadratic

in x2

b'y*+

2g'x +

can

or

under

c' and

af
in

"

0, the

c'

are

general
takes

so

tion
equa-

the

form

0.

through

parallel axes

that

so

new

finally the

Parabola.
ab

h2

equation

0, and

"

takes

the

also
form

either
of

x,

2/'i/+c'=0,

into

b'(y-

these

px,

separated

ylf y2

be

can

becomes

"V

1370.
wherein

2fy

/' disappear,

be

in y2, and

make

1369.
which

or

to

fig

in y

xy

discriminating

0, the

becomes

general equation,
or

in

term

of the

root

one

now

term

y2

in

bg

since

or

1368.
If,

origin through

transformed

general equation

tion
transforma-

impossible.

the

the

coordinates

disappear; and,

to

is

center

of the

terms

The

a"

made

first three

square.

the

through

angle d, given by

the

0, the

perfect

(see 1356)

center

to

h2

the

2/i)(y-

roots

conditions

lines,real,coincident, or

factors

of the

represents

of the

y2)

form

quadratic.
a

imaginary.

pair

of

The

equation

parallelstraight

148

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

SPECIAL

FORMULAS.

Circle.

The
The

x2 +

1371.

If the
the

coordinates

equation

of the

be

center

be

center

r2.

(y-b)2=

a)2+
the

at

origin, the

x*+

If the

circumference

the

be

center

equation

equation, called

the

in the

circle pass

(x

1376.

(2/

")2+

(A

p2 +

polar equation

through the
the pole,is

(x

P2

through

fixed

axis

angle
the

"p +

cos

of

and

center

1377-

an

axis of x, the

2rx.

circle referred

of the

a)2 +

y2

polar equation of the circle

makes

of the

a) (y

in

sin

"p +

cos

does

not

with

the

"p)p

cos

"o

If the
1379.

p2
pole is

on

2dp

of the

d*

0.

r2

="

through
straight line

the

of

the

pass

(cp a)

cos

the circle,the
p

2r

cos

d?

r2

equation
"p.

r2.

is

0.

distance

is

the fixed axis passes

polar equation

center, the

b)

general form

circle,when

d is the

%dp

oblique axes

to

center

from

center, but
does

that

pass

circle takes

the form

1378.

origin,

is

equation

the

the

through

positivepart

x2 +

I375"

r2.

y*=

of the

1374.

The

radius

the

is

1373.

The

a, b and

equation, is

central

If

By+C~0.

If the

The

Ax

y* +

(x-

I372-

and

of the circle is

generalequation

0.

becomes

ANALYTIC

Two

straight lines
y

y'

and

if wx

(x^

(a/,y') and

at

tangent

(x

wherein

is the

through

The

1382.
or

cos

between

of

the

" (0! +

equation
equation

0X

of
01

y2

6)2

"

polar

axis

r2, that

"

(x', tf) is

to

r",

"

of

joining

and

the

"

" (0t +
sin

xv

circle
circie

points

two

xxx2

02)
0j

"

passing
pas

ijA
points (xl9yt), (x2,y2), (t..
(x3,y3)

(xlfyx),

cos

r2,

yxy2

" (0t

02),

ylf etc.

three

through

Centers
line

and

similitude

passing through

internally and
1301

of

1303.

externally

in

given

is
is

straight

radius

r2 is

(yt + y2)

y sin

^2)+
cos

chord
+

(xx + x2) +

1384.

-r3

0.

(y

a)2 +

"

the

y*

point (x',y')

circle x2

wherein
The
ine

r2

6) sin

(i/

4-

^ne

cos

angle

the

equation

(x2"2/2)on

a)

circle x2

(y-b)(y'-b)

a/)

"

quadratic equation

of the

that

(x-a)(x'-a)

or

or

being (x

(x

m2

"

the

to

+t/'2

2xym

circle

7/

"

the

of

roots

two

tangents

are

r*)m2

of

equation

1381.

to

the

and

x')

"

(x';y')

are

m2

1380.
The

(x

mx

passing through

of

149

GEOMETRY

the

for
their
ratio

two

circles

centers

of their

and

lie

0.

in

divide

radii.

the
it

Apply

150

MATHEMATICAL

If there

be

given

the

circles

two

a? +

HANDBOOK

Ax+

i/3+

x*+y*+

A'x+

A0

(B

(A

radical

*+

they

Tangents

radical

The

axis

locus

from

from

C"=0

y +

C-

of

or

circles

drawn

fixed
fixed

the

point which

point bears

straight line

is

point is the
of

directrix

the

line

focus

as

the

axis

focus

to

the

directrix

of

3"

This

(1

or

represents

1, and
The

ratio

focus

If the

x,

Taking
and

and

its distance

to

its equation

the

fixed

the

directrix

thereto

d, the

straight

is

as

line

the

the

distance
of

equation

the

is

axis

passing through

denoting

the

from

the

locus

in

|f-"V,

e2) z2

an

y2

ellipse when
when
the

moved

2dx

"P =0.

1,

e"

eccentricity. For
directrix

the

when

the

circle

0,

infinitelydistant.

is

the

focus

the

to

parabola

1.

"

center, but

origin be

its distance

is

is called

is the

that

section

and

focus

by

hyperbola

of

point

any

ex.

(x-d)"+

t*8"

from

ratio

conic

perpendicular

coordinates

rectangular

their

or

not.

so

moves

constant

curve.

and

intersect,

Sections.

fixed

The

equal.

are

C"

if they

intersect

two

to

1387.

the

B'y

B')

Conic

C-0

chord,

common

axis, whether

1386.
their

their

represents

equation

1385.

of

By

equation becomes

1389.
If the
the

axis

takes
1390,

x2 +

origin be
of

moved

between

the

form

(1

y2

e2

to

the

e2)x2

(x

the

point where

focus

and

y2

2edx

d)2.

the

6.

the

directrix

curVe

the

cuts

tion
equa-

The
If
a? +

the

y2

origin
e2

(z

1397.

c=ae,

1399.

The

be

Ellipse.

changed

the

to

from

The

of the

distances

to

the

center

i'
=

from

the

directrix

ellipseare

equation

c2.

directrix

the

_d+c="

1400.

a2-62"

1398.
distance

the

center,

Ellipse

for the

d)2 becomes

151

GEOMETRY

ANALYTIC

to

the

vertices

d
,
m

1+e

40

1.

The

distances

1-e

from
de

ellipseare

focus

the

to

the

vertices

of the

de
,
m

1+e

1402.

focus, also

The

lotus

1-e

rectum

double

or

ordinate

the

at

the

called

the

parameter,

p=2de

2a

(1

e2)

"
"

1403.

the

major

The
axis

minor
and

axis
the

is

latus

mean

rectum.

2b-V2ap.

proportional

between

152

MATHEMATICAL

If two
from

lines

each

and

r*

focus

to

r*

1404.

and

ex

"

distances

equation

of any

and

equal

the

to

axis

The
The

origin
the

general
is

the

the

on

fact

ellipse to

the

that
the

of

sum

foci

two

is

the
stant,
con-

Hyperbola.
x2 +

the

from

ex,

major.

equation

changed

one

ellipse,

a+

drawn

be

2a,

expresses

point

the

on

r"

r"

t* +

last

focal radii,

point

one

whence,
which

called

r",

any
"

HANDBOOK

y*

focus

e2

the

to

(x

when

the

becomes

for

d)2,

center,

Hyperbola

-,-i-1'

X405.

a2

o2

wherein
de

1406.

half

"

the

axis

transverse

e2-!
de

1407.

half

the

axis

conjugate

Ve2-!
de2

1408.

1409.

b2

distance

from

center

to

1410.

e2

focus

at+b2
=

a2

(e2

1).

a2
1411,

c=

1413.

The

ae.

distance

The

the

from

c"

1414.

a2 +

1412.

distances

a=*

center

hyperbola

from

The

directrix

Vertices

the

e-1

the

from

e-1

latus rectum,

focus

the

to

vertices

de
and

The

to

de

1416*.

directrix

and

are

distances

the

to

"

the

e+1

1415.

c2.

"

"

of the

62=

e+1

2b2
p

2de

2a

(e2

1)

are

the

The

7.

141

conjugate

The

radii

focal

the

of any

T*

1418.

r"

which

the

expresses

of any
and
The

point

equal

equation

fact

to

the

of

the

hyperbola

the
r"

ex

are

a,

2a,

==

that

the

on

rectum.

on

"

between

proportional

mean

and

whence

latus

point

ex-

"=

is

axis

and

axis

transverse

153

GEOMETRY

ANALYTIC

difference

the

the

from

hyperbola

of

the

foci is

tances
disstant
con-

axis.

transverse

hyperbgla

the

to

asymptotes

^-"2=lis
b2

a2

a2
or

V-

"
-

The
as

of

equation

the

the

situated

yxf
equation

of

xxf

polar

of

is

\ (a2 +

the

of

b2).
when

referred

a^-t^^a2,
referred

to

the

asymptotes,

eccentricity of

the

equilateral hyperbola

The

1424.

^-

equation"a2

which

foci

totes
asymp-

is

principal axes,

when

The

(xfyf)or

equilateralhyperbola,

the

1422.

and

its

to

b2).

at

tangent

point {x'tf)wherever
1421.

to

referred

i (a2+

xy=

The

0.

hyperbola

the

1420.

the

is

axes

The

of

equation

and

(r

is

in

conjugate

the

axis

of y;

"

V2.

="

represents

hyperbola

b2

the

to

it is

hyperbola

"

1.

5L

eccentricity

"

"

"

It

has

directrices

parallel to

the

axis

of

and

at. the

distance

"

therefrom;

and

the

same

conjugate.

asymptotes

as

the

hyperbola

to

which

it is

154

MATHEMATICAL

conies

Two

1425.

HANDBOOK

f'

"

confocal

are

if,one

being

a'2

for the

the

from

1426.

y2
The

the

to

y2

e2

-=

(x

-f

d)2, when

of the

the vertex

the

becomes

curve,

of

and

the

from

the

parabola,

y2

px.

directrix
which

is
a

to

origin

2dx,

4ax

distance

vertex

equal

the

written

1427.

1428.

6'2.

1,

y2

is also

hyperbola,

Parabola.

to

other

b2

x2 +

focus

since

Parabola,

which

o'2

6'2;

the

a'2

general equation

changed

b2

ellipseand

an

Tfo

is

a2

if

a2

The

""

"

--

or

a2

or

and

a2

the

distance

The

latus

the

from

%d

\p.

to

vertex

focus

1429.

The

equation

diameter

of

rectum

the

through

point
V1

a'

is the

referred

parabola

1430-

wherein

parameter

or

distance

of contact

to

="

2d

tangent

4a.

and

the

is

4o'af,

the

from

focus

to

the

point

of

contact.

The

equation
axis

of

(x) and

the

y2

conic

each

section
at

tangent

the

referred
vertex

Ellipse,

p*-"***'
a'

M3I

y2

px,

y2

PX

Parabola,
b2
o

X2,

"

a2

Hyperbola.

to

(y).

the

verse
trans-

ANALYTIC

The
the

pole being

part of the

Ellipse
the

and

the

of

or

axis

Hyperbola,
the

on

positive

axis, is
,

cos2
COS46

1
1

tp
-*"p

b2

the

and

of

_i_

"

the

on

e2 cos2

9?

section, the

conic

any

axis

2
p2

^_

or

"

polar equation
focus

ft2

sin2 "p
Sir
-^ "p

,
,

"

a2

p2

the

the

center

transverse

9A

The

the

at

1432.

at

of

polar equation

155

GEOMETRY

pole being

axis, is

transverse

de
1433.

l"e
wherein

the

towards

the
the

when
For
be

axis

to

M34-

the

cos2

\"P

the

and

curve,

axis

points

lower

the

sign

way.

p sin2

or

a,

above

given

may

\"p

a.

equation
xxr

y\f

1436.

(x

2a

"

straight

Ellipse,

1, for the

Hyperbola,

line which

the

to

tangent

1, for the

b2

yif

represents

a2

1438.

r2, for the Circle,

"

b2

1437-

the

the

when

polar equation

1435.

(i)

used

form

the

a2

curve

X*), for the Parabola,

is

(x',yf), when

at

(x',7/')is

on

curve.

point (xf 1/) relatively to

(ii) the polar of the

(x;,r/) may

wherever

(iii)the
a

of

points the other

Parabola,

the

"p

be

to

vertex

nearest

changed

The

sign is

upper

cos

pair

of

chord

(x7,y') is

outside

the

locus

(iv)
drawn
wherever

at

drawn

the

the
of

ends

(x7,t/0 may

curve,

be.
the

passing through

tangents

the

to

the

points
from

curve

of

contact

of

(x', yf), when

curve.

the
of

intersection
all chords

be.

of

pairs

of

passing through

tangents

(a/, y*)9

156

MATHEMATICAL

The

slope
the

the

1440.

y=*mx"

44

1.

1442.

trigonometric

w"z"

M39-

"

with

y/m2

"

mx"

="

mx

its

which

is

Circle,

b2 for

the

Ellipse,

b2 for

the

Hyperbola,

the

for

angle

"

for the

z)

of

terms

\/a2m2

-\

of

axis

the

of

tangent

the

in

conic

\/a2m2

to

tangent

line makes

tangent

the

of

equation

HANDBOOK

Parabola.

The

be

condition

touched

that

straight

the

by

condition

The

the

that

ellipse Wx2

the

A2a2

in

of

equation
normal

the

1445.

the

Two

3"

cos

is that

to

line

Ax+By+C=0

0 is that

"

B2**2

tangent

y sin

C2.

an

ellipse may

y/a2 cps2 a

aVl

"

sin2

of p to

inclination

the

xf

{x

m1

the

passing through

be

written

fc2sin2

the

axis

of

x.

xf)

and

y-yf-m2{x-

point (a/,yf)

are

of),

tangents

to

the

ellipse

hyperbola

a2"b2
if mt

straight lines,
y

or

"

form,

denotes

cPb2

wherein

mx

"

straight

aty2

1444.

The

line y

hyperbola

a2m2"b2.

g2=

1443.

touch

ellipse or

the

and

1446.

m2

the

are

(x72
-

roots

two

a2)

m2

of

2a/t/'w

'

the
+

quadratic equation
1/2"

b2

0.

Two

157

GEOMETRY

ANALYTIC

straight lines,

and

mtx

="

m2x

=*

passing through
y2

are

m2

point (a/,yf)

the

two

xfm2

1447.
The

the

to

tangents

are

the

through

y=y~.x

1448.

bola
para-

quadratic equation

0.

"

perpendicular

is

of

point

the

to

Its

{x1',y').

contact

and

tangent

is

equation

Circle,

the

for

of the

roots

tfrn

line

normal

passes

the

4az,

"

and

if mx

"

v%2

mt

J449-

y"tf"

1450.

y-

if-(x ^0

"

for the

Parabola,

f"r tne

Ellipse,

a2yf

]f

(x

ttt

^)

\rx

145

1.

The

slope

t/

"

the

"

a2i/
-"^t

of

equation

normal

the

tf

the

a/) for

normal

line makes

with

y=nx

"

axis

for the

'

Hyperbola.

conic

of

tangent

the

the

to

trigonometric

1452.

(x

of

in

the

of

terms

angle

its

which

x) is

Ellipse and

Hyperbola,

Va2"Wn2
wherein

tan

"

7"*

"

"

for the

ysanx-on(2+n2)

I453*

wherein

tan

"

bV

Parabola,

-"-"
=

"

2a

The

1454.

equation

passing through

polar.
the

It becomes

polar

then

becoming

"

a^
"

represents

straight

62ar

pole (a/,r/) perpendicular

the

the

*
"

line

""

normal
a

when

tangent.

(a/,y')

is

on

the

to

the

curve

158

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

Diameter*.
locus

The

middle

the

line y-

the

parallel to
which

of

of

points
is

mx

the

diameter,

of

system

chords

all
of

equation

is

1455.

for the

Circle,

2a

1456.

for the

"

Parabola,

b2

1457.

for

"x

the

Ellipse,

a2m

1458.

The

"

"

inclined

chords

cos

"
.-~

a2

K_5jLi 0

In

of

of

system

is

,-,".

the

Ellipse,

the

for

a2

1.

,,

for

"

axis

the

b2

*"^i

1460.

A
"

bisects

sin

"

which

0 to the

I45Q-

146

Hyperbola.

angle

the

at

the

diameter

the

of

equation

for

a;

Hyperbola.

b2

the

hyperbola

ellipseor

the

relation

=F"2

"i"2

these

expresses

(i) that
y

bisecting

(iii)that

%f

m1

and

that
"

of

the

by

conjugate

are

parallel to
and

a/)

drawn

the

other;

y+y'

from

diameters,

the

m2(x+xf),

point

(x' 7/)
,

tangent

diameter

diameter,
m2x

represented

to

the

conjugate

diameters

y=*mxx

/n2#;

"

(iv) that
end

(x

chords

parallelrespectively

are

wi2a;

drawn

all chords

being supplemental

chords

arbitrary constant;

an

and

WjX

is

the

all

bisects

y*=" m2x

(ii) that
each

facts:

c, wherein

mxx

"

-^r

c.

y="
"

m2x,

y-\f
mxx,

and

"

is
to

m2

(x

parallel to
the

system

x')

at

the

(a/,y'),
conjugate

of chords

the
of

ANALYTIC

The

perpendicular

159

GEOMETRY

from

the

center

the

upon

at

tangent

(xf y) is given by
1

x2

t/2

p"

a4

b*

*
*

lengths

The
of

the

r"

and

wherein

the

are

It follows

1464.

parabola

the

to

of

equation

(x2"2/2)on

chord

(*"+ *J

y
+

'

the

cos

i (a

P)

of the

chord

(yt +

the

6' be

hyperbola
make

a2"

62

Jtig"

angles

eccentric

0)

/8,

a,

cos

" (a

0).

y2)

y#2

and

and

points (xv yt)

two

4ax.

semi-diameters
the

angles

of
which

an

ellipse

a' and

a, then

a'2"

and

is

4ax

conjugate

with

joining

6'2,

ab

1470.

62

1471.

and

is

sin " (a

chord

parabola y2

respectively
1469.

the

If a' and
of

*"

their

points by
of the

1468.

or

points (xv yt)

two

a*

equation

^ne

on

of

focus

1430.

the

equation

(x2"Vt)

the

from

y2)

The

point (x, y).

62.

62

Or, denoting

1467.

of the

through

(y1

a2

(see 1473)

(x, y),

at

ellipseis

*ne

radii

=\/aa', see

a2

foci

the

(xf y),

at

^^/clx

from

p"

*V-?

perpendicular

tangent

"

p'p"

and

tangent

p"

focal

that

the

of

Length

IA66
*

the

to

y-ftyfe

1463.

The

perpendiculars p'

hyperbola

ellipseor

1465

the

of

"

tan

tan

";

a'"'

sin (fi
-

a),

6'

160

MATHEMATICAL

and

the

conjugate

equations

of

diameters

as

HANDBOOK

these

to

of

pair

are

axes

""3v*-1'
equations

M73*

and

x^acosu

represent

(xf y)

coordinate

oblique

I472'

The

referred

curves

ellipse;and

an

the

on

ellipse.

is the

In

y=bsinu

Astronomy,

for any

angle

eccentric

is called

the

point

eccentric

anomaly.
The

equations

1474.

x=

represent

which

the

on

of

equation
the

sec

hyperbola,

point (x, y)
The

eccentric

and

and

is the

angle

is

1*

for which

the

cos

f- sin

angle
sec

is

eccentric

GENERAL

of

their

Normals,

OF

Curvature,

the

axis

1501.

to

at

point

1.

the

Pedal

ux

^ax

"

the

u2,

CURVES.

Involutes, Areas,

Curves, Trajectories.

Normals.
make

of x, then
tan

and

condition

PLANE

y^fix),

curve,

if

Evolutes,

and

Tangents
tangent

1.

hyperbola

ends, satisfy

Length of Arc, Envelopes,

If the

=*

conjugate

are

PROPERTIES

Tangents,

diameters

angles

for

point

is

f- tan

"

Two

ellipse at

the

to

tangent

"

1477.

any

eccentric

1476.

for

is

of

angle

eccentric

the

to

tangent

"

equation

hyperbola.

1475.

The

b tan

f (*)

y'-

an

angle

with

161

GEOMETRY

ANALYTIC

Also,
1502.

COS

Vl+y"2

\M")dy\2
dx

1503.

sin

%f

Vl+y*2

dy\2
Ex J

Or,
dx

I504.

COS

'

Vdtf

dy2

dy
1505.

SU1T

Vdx2
the

since

Or,

differential
ds

1506.

of the

Vdx2

'

"

dy*'

cos

If the
form

of

equation
f{x),

2/=

the

-f-

ds

plane

dy

sin

"

ds

curve

dy2,

dx
1507.

the

of

arc

equation

be

curve

the

of

given

in the

tangent

at

any

explicit
point

(x, y) is

F^4(I^),ory-^f(x),(I-x),

1508.

ax

wherein

tangent,

and

The

and

and

equation

and

equation

of

the
15".

those
the

of

the

of

the

curve.

(xf y) is

at

DXF.

equation

the

of the

normal

curve.

be

of the

(X-x)

coordinates

running

of the

curve

0, the equation

1510.
and

normal

coordinates

running

of the

denote

Y
and

and

If the

(xf V)

the

Y-y--^-(X-x)

wherein

those

of the

1509.

normal,

denote

given

implicit form

in the

tangent

is

DyF. (Y-y)
is

DyF.(X-x)-D9F.{Y-y)-0.

0,

162

MATHEMATICAL

HANDBOOK

Asymptotes.
The

of

equation

the

1508,

tangent.

be

may

written

in

the

form

If, when
limit

and

then

Xf

F"

1512.

the

equation

increases

x)

(x)
to

xf\x)

"

also

the

of

equation

of the

equation

1515.

to

the

which

of

of

equation
circle x2

1516.

Curves.

Particular

to

tangent

circle

the

to

x2 +

y*

at

the

normal

at

Xy-

Yx=

of

equation

point (xy)

the

the

is

point

same

0.

from

r2)

the

point (xl7 yj

Fyt-

(Zxt+

of the

Yy

normal

X-x

equation

the

a2X

c2.

u2

a2

"

"-

Xx
X5^
rf

at

the

to

tangent

the

point

Yy

V"L

is

VY

0,or

a2y

x2

point

A
=

of the

same

hyperbola
(x, y)

is

r2)2.
Vs

at

Y-v-^

"

Jrx

The

"

is

1?+*
equation

ellipse

the

to

tangent

Xx

Q
1518.

?* at

r2.

F2-

r2)^*

I517-

The

r2 is

yx2-

fx^+

Fy=

pair of tangents

y2

-f

Xx+

X3

The

the

is

1514.

The

B,

Y-AX+B.

point (x, y)

The

limit

definite

Asymptote,

an

Applications

the

approaches

definite

is

1513-

The

xf (x).

f (x) approaches

1,

becomes

tangent

/ fx)

-f-

The

of

equation

ANALYTIC

GEOMETRY

the

at

normal

X-x

163

the

a2X

Y-u

1520.

WY

+
,0

0,

or

"

is

point

same

c2.

"

frx

cry

The
the

of

equation

point (x, y)

the

The

of the

equation

parabola t/3-*2dx

at

is

Yy-d(X+x),

1521.

the

to

tangent

-^-

or

normal

at

the

1.

"

is

point

same

r_j,__ii(x-x).

1522.

a
/"

The

as2

at

of the

general equation

the

2hxy

by2 + 2gx

2fy

the

to

tangent

conic

is

point (x, y)

1523.

aZx+A(Xi/+
The

tangent

line which
where

Yx)
is the

1525.

tp

the

g(X

given

name

from

extends

it touches

bYy

where

t,

curve

$j

"

* +
1

=7\/

x)+j(Y+y)

that

to

the

The
axis

\f

is

subtangent
of

1526.

for

written

is the

I^Y
(%)
-

"

dy

Q.

tangent

of x, to

p,

projection

of

2/ctnT

y"

from

the

^-^r.
y'

f (x), derived

"

4"
csc

x,

tp/"

axis

tp.

*Vl

wherein

of the

part

it cuts

the

tangent

equation

on

the

1W

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

TKi

line wLl:L
where

xf-

Axis

fr

;be

e-is

"y

part

cuts

the

rr

" "

77

:be

is

:Lit

of

tlic

axis

normal

ol

x.

to

p,

xp.

"

to

wbeie

x.

-~

c-urre

r-.r,r"r^A

of

"^,**s

y-*^^

ereii*

The

tbe

".v"-wti

of

przienion

y"

normal

the

y*2.

the

on

x.

**"

xp'

1528.

"

-^

y tan

jf/.

az

CL*rie

x2-

/=/*,
Tarxent

1529.

1530.

"
.

Normal

r.

153

1.

Subtangest

"

1532.

x-

Subnormal

Ellipse

4-tT-lTangent

1533-

?^

'

a2

At2,

*"x

Normal

1534.

a2

"

rx2-

1535.

Subtangent

x.

"

I*

1536.

Subnormal

=
.

or

Hyperbola

"

"

a2

"

Tangent

1537.

1,

fc2

eV-a2,

6x

1538.

Normal

vVV

a2,

1539-

Subtangent

Parabola

j/2

IS4I.

Subtangent

I542r

Subnormal

"

x,

1540.

4ax,
2x,
2a

(constant).

Subnormal

^?
"

x.

ANALYTIC

Polar
If

denote

where

the

angle

makes

straight

the

meeting

with
line

tangent

the
the

be

the

from

touches

Normals.

and

Tangents

distance

tangent

which

origin

the

165

GEOMETRY

curve,
of

axis

to

and

"p

and

if

x;

the

p,

the

through

the

to

in t0 and

lines

point

denote

perpendicular

drawn
normal

and

origin

n0

and

tively;
respec-

then
Polar

1543-

Tangent-

pt0

\J

rds

(jjZj

r2

1 +

dr

Polar

1544.

Subtangent

ot0

"

"

dr

Normal

Polar

1545.

pn0

Polar

1546.

Subnormal

r2 +

Vr3

on0

"

f^X ^=

rJ2.

r*.

=*

"

dip
ds2

1547.
In

dr2

and

these

(r"fy)2,
or

("p)"or

f"r

written

are

for

derived

-7-7

from

the

equation

d"p2

/ (0.

The
t

r'2.

d?r

-7-9

d"p
r

dpVr2

following formulas, r', r"

dr

?("P)i f

ds

"

"p,

angle

between

the

and

tangent

the

radius

vector

is

and
r9

1548.

(t

ctn

"p)

"
-

The

radius

of curvature,

ds
IS49.

radius

P-

y"

of the

"("H'+"T

osculating circle,

(1

/2\^
a/*)'
,

dr

wherein

or

is written

d?y

d?y

dx*

da?

for

/" (x).

\ff

166

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

Also

1550.

/""

wherein

"

The

radius

The

coordinates

and

X0

polar

in

of curvature

The

xf', and

y,

elimination

of

y"

is

of

centre

curvature

are

Y9=y+l-"l"-.

Evolute.

all

are

the

from

coordinates

Y0 of the

X,-z-"""tf,

1552.

When

normal.

the

"

explicit

equations

two

functions

of

gives

1552

an

x,

the

equar

tion,
F(X,F)-0,

1553.

which
the

given

locus

the

represents

all the

locus

is

parabola

y*

This

curve.

of

of

centres

the

curvature

of

evolute

the

curve.

The

Evolute

of

the

Y2

1554.

The

Evolute

"

of

(X
"

the

Evolute

of the

is

ellipse

"

hyperbola

Parabola.

semi-cubic

-"

1 is

b2

a2

The

2dx

d)3

-r-^-j

"

"

a2

""
b2

1 is

of

given

ANALYTIC

167

GEOMETRY

Areas.
The
of

and

included

area

abscissas

the

ordinates

two

and

x0

the

between

and

y0

The

-A

r0 and

tores

polar angle,

between

the
of

vertex

parabola
the

intercepted

the

the
to

and

curve

values

two

radii

two
"p0 and

"p of

vec-

the

is

1558.

In

to

f f(x)dx.

corresponding

r,

corresponding

axis

/ ydz-

included

area

the

is

x,

I557*

y"f(x),

curve,

the

of the

arc

r*d"p.

the

y2 =4ax,

curve,

of

axis

included

area

the

x,

between

ordinate

y,

and

the
the

is

curve,
X

I55Q.

V4ax.dx

Jxy.

Jo
In

circle

of t/, the

axis
arc

the

of the

x2

y2

abscissa

r2, the

"

2,

the

included

area

ordinate

and

between
the

the

intercepted

is

curve,
X

1560.

The

In

fVr"-x*.dx 3"
-

Jo
whole

ellipse

"

a2

semi-axis

minor,

intercepted

arc

"

of the

area

the

sin-1

1, the

"

'

circle,therefore, is

"

vr2.

included

area

the

of the

abscissa
curve,

x,

the

ordinate

is

1561.

f*y/dF~".dz-^+^wr*"'

A-

J0a
The

area

of the

between

the

b2

whole

2a

ellipse,therefore, is

nab.

y,

and

the

168

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL
.

x2

In

the

hyperbola

v2

a2

the

vertex,

arc

of the

the

included

area

the

equilateral hyperbola
member

right-hand

variable

area

etc.,

defined

are

the

of the
the

to

of

arc

*Jx0

Or,

in

is half

the
gent,
tan-

85-87.

pp.

between

x0 and

points

two

responding
cor-

x,

f Jl +(^)\dx.

s=( Vdtf+dy*-

1S63.

x, that

of

term

Arcs.

curve

abscissas

two

last

1, the

See

functions.

as

"

hyperbolic sine, cosine,

Lengths of
length

y2

"

\ Cosh-1

becomes
which

of

u,

x2

0}

\a

.s* Gogh-*

at
.

The

intercepted

is

curve,

the

the

y, and

ordinate

A~fa+Xh-V^^.dx^^--^\ogtU
f\,

1562.

In

between

b2

of x, the

axis

1, the

-r-~

*/a?0

\dX/

polar coordinates,

I564.

Lj^Wj*-L^

-*{%)'"*"

Envelopes.
An

envelope
of

of

all

the

The

The

the

of the

ellipse
1566.

of

and

circles

(-Y (|Y
+

(x2 +

series

of the

the

DaF

a"

of

equation

1 is

y2)2

from

is obtained

on

"y.

sections
intera

tinuous
con-

curve.

(x,y, a)

described

ultimate

the

resulting

envelope

between

(x, */, a)

the

of

locus

parameter
of

equation

envelope

the

of

parameter
F

is the

curve

curves

variation

1565.

the

by
the

nating
elimi-

curve

0.
central

radii

of

ANALYTIC

Pedal
A

pedal

drawn

the

from

touehes
The

pole

given

pedal

to

curve

and

of

coincides

the

conic

1568.

of

the

conic
the

1569.
the

the

y2)2

conic, and

conic

to

be

pole

at

at

(a2

The

and

pole,

of the

the

is the

pole.

the

the

axis

transverse

the

conic.

(d

centre

b2). Then

0)

="

the

be

(iii)Let
-2a)

at

ax)2

of

pole

the
and

the

(x2 +

y2

Vcos

2"p.
the

of

vertex

conic

(d

"

-a)

fr2).

"

becomes

equation
y2

Lemniscate,

is

"

circle (a2

(x2 +

y2)

pole

(x2

of which

polar equation

"

always

of the

origin

the

a2

"

a2

"

which

(d

line which

"y

"

equilateral hyperbola

an

(x2 +

( ii) Let

Then

the

the

with

the

a"

centre

(i) Let

polar equation

and

perpendicular

becomes

equation

the

dx)2

semi-axes

with

Special Cases,
and

of

is

the

are

the

conic

y2 +

rectangular

are

axis

from

foot

straight

moving

(x2 +

distance
axes

to

of the

curve.

1567.
wherein

Curves.

locus

is the

curve

169

GEOMETRY

be

conic

"

(x2 +

(1

Cardioid,

"p).

cos

distance

circle (a2

is

the

at

y2),

2a

from

b2). Then

="

the
the

centre

equation

becomes
1570.
the

2ax)2

polar equation

of

a2

which

r"

(x2 +

a
Limacon,
i/2),

is

(1

cos

p).

7Ya/ecfone8.
A
law

trajectory
each
of F

curve

is
of

(x, y, p)

="

which

curve

series obtained

0,

cuts

according

by varying

to

the

given

ter
parame-

170

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

The

1571.
cuts

at

differential

angle fi

constant

is obtained

by eliminating

wherein

and

of

the

from

trajectory which

the

series

the

the

are

of

equation

(x,

of

the

p)

y,

equations

coordinates

running

curves

jectory
tra-

sought.
If

the

the

trajectory is

second

cut

to

right angles, tan

at

"

"

and

00
,

becomes

equation

DXF.DXY=

DTF-

0,

whence

1572.

--"

of

The

the

is

of

cumference

the

straight

or-

equation

gives

points where

x,

the

equations
x

1574.

cycloid

of the

sin

"

"

the

sliding

straight line,
and

xy

falls

point

on

the

called

origin

as
on

cir-

axis

one

of

a"

y=

cos

co,

give

co

cos-1

of

in

point

are

and

co

of

axis

without

fixed

generating

elimination

the

by

the

aco

"

the

the

cycloid, as

the

by

rolls

which

Taking

line.

of

1573.

Cycloid.
generated

curve

circle

of the

base

which

the

orthogonal trajectories.

cycloid

fixed

this

of

integration

The
A

of

equation

Dx^

thogonal trajectory.
series

differential

the

'

"

dX

V(2a

"

y)

y,

wherein
measure

radius

of its turning

around

denotes

the

of

the

rollingcircle,and

its centre.

Then
1575.

dx

(1

sin

dy

tan

co)da), dy=

cos

"

"*-

co

"

dx

"

cos

co

whence

1576.

90"

\co.

n.
cot

sin codco

fa),

co

the

ANALYTIC

Hence,

if from

rolling circle
the

ends

the

Radius

of curvature,

The

of

summits
The
the

placed
the

ordinate
A

area

The

arc

a2

between

sin \io=2

\/2ay.

is

composed

of

the

two

halves

of

original cycloid

that

an

their

of its base.
its base

and

2 sin

\y

the

from

origin

cycloid

" sin 2(o),

co

V(2a

whole

the

(1

4a

whole

The

y)

y.

its base

and

curve

from

the

arc

\(o)

cos

radius

from

origin

the

to

Sna2.

top

of the

its centre

p "

If p

"

aw

of

curve

and

co

the
a

prolate cycloid.

the

curve

is

curtate

the

on

epicycloid

or

circle is outside
be

circle; let

the
a

point
the

radius

be

the
p,

at

point

of

hypocycloid

inside

or

the

of the

point
the
where

on

than

tance
disthe

are

cu.

cycloid.

circumference
a

cos

at

Hypocycloid.

and

circumference

the

less

or

equations

"

is

sliding,on

be

which

curve

point

y).

rolling circle

the

a, the
a,

(2a

(p being greater

p sin

"

with

Epicycloid

2 V2a

8a.

a) generates

1580.

4a

point rigidly connected

normal

y,

1579.

let

4a

curve

(%a"

iax

of the

ordinate

Let

and

tangent

\^2ay.

below

the

an

through

y is

1578.

The

ends

two

between

area

cycloid

so

at

are

sin \co

2a

evolute

equal cycloid

the

of

cycloid.
Normal

If

diameter

vertical

lines will be

these

1577.

the

of

position straight lines be drawn

in any

generating point,

to

to

the

171

GEOMETRY

fixed
fixed
the

of

out
rolls,with-

circle generates,

fixed

according

the

as

rolling

circle.

circle,b
fixed

start, touches
the two

circle which

that

of the

circle where
the

fixed

circles touch

at

rolling

the

erating
gen-

circle; and
any

subse-

172

MATHEMATICAL

time.

quent
the

curve

subtend

The

two

if

in its

and

pb

fi be

definition

by

are

angles

the

which

of

they

circle,

own

1581.

and

ab

arcs

equal; and,
each

HANDBOOK

aa

ab=

whence

bp,

pb"

fi

"

a.

The

with

equations,

origin at

the

the

of the

centre

and

foregoing notation,
fixed

circle,are

with

the

for the

Epicycloid
x=

(a

6)

cos

y=

(a

b)

sin

6)

cos

(~-~

"

b sin

{^"

(^-^

(^"

cos

"

1582.
"

"

"

Hypocycloid
x

(a

4-

cos

"

"

1583.
2/

In

the

1584.

(a

6) sin

b sin

"

Epicycloid,
tan

-^-

26

tanf-

+
a

the

1585.

the

tanr

-^

-tan/'-a"26
aj,T180o_a^26a
=

46

(a

26

6)

sin

26

(a6)
^
"-L

46
p

"

"

length
for

of
the

one

loop

sin

26

a-

1588.

26

Hypocycloid,

1587.
The

a+

the

is

Epicycloid,

8(a+6)b
;
a

1589.

a.

26

Epicycloid,

1586.

In

26

Hypocycloid,

cte
In

In

"

for

the

Hypocycloid,

8(a~b)6"
a

ANALYTIC

173

GEOMETRY
"

The

between

area

loop

one

and

the

subtending

of the

arc

circle is

fixed

"^

for

1590.

(3a

Epicycloid,

the

2h)

"

the

for

1591.

*y(3a~2b)

Hypocycloid,

"

Special

1593.

ratio

Forms.
each

to

When

other,

of

will be

algebraic equation

an

becomes

of

Circle.

(ii) When

I595-

and

See

rolling circle, but

not

and

the

result

the

y.

finite, the

point

of which

hypocycloid

the

rigidly

its

on

from

rolling

generates

16 13.

point

any

surable
commen-

eliminated

remaining

b"=%a,

and

straight line;

in

00,

bear

hypocycloid

straight line, any

Involute

the

epicycloid

(i) When

1594.

circle

the

be

may

and

equations

and

becomes

with

the

connected

circumference, generates

an

ellipse.
(iii)When

1596.
of

"

(iv) When

J597-

the

the

point

its
b

the

(y2 +
or, in

x2

of

takes

is, if the
touches

2ax)2

y%

epicycloid

which

cardioid

4a2

form

cfi.

becomes

origin
fixed

the

the

be

the
moved

circle,

(y2+X2)

polar coordinates,
2a

(1

Epitrochoid

and

r=

The

Any

the

a,

equation
where

hypocycloid
equation being x%

}a, the

four-pointed star,

Cardioid,
to

point rigidly connected

of

the

curve,

(a " b)

"p).

cos

the

Hypotrochoid.
but

with

rolling circle,and

centre, generates

at

which

the

aTpcos

of

cos

not

the

on

distance

equations
^
"

"

1598.
"

(a"

b) sin

p sin

a\
^LiJ?

are

ference
circumfrom

its

174

MATHEMATICAL

When

1599.
the

curve

are

to

is

be

the

curve

are

to

60

is

with

the

with

a="26

Catenary.

The

above

the

is inside

for which

lower

the

When

1.

which

circle

fixed

the

equations

signs.

upper

Hypotrochoid,

is outside

rolling circle

the

read

be

for

Epitrochoid,

an

When

1600.

rolling circle

the

read

HANDBOOK

the

fixed

the
above

circle

equations

signs.

the

becomes

hypotrochoid

the

ellipse

The

Equations,

of the

curve

r=,(^+c_q

hanging

chain.

ACos

_,
1602.

*io"(fv " *)
"

*-

The

axis

of

through

the

distance

A below

of the

lowest

By

tan

COS

making
of

equations

point
the

of

lowest

the

axis

and

curve,

"

vertical,passing
the

the

of

point

of

ACosh"1

origin
The

curve.

the

at

slope

is

tangent

1603.

horizontal, the

is

"

"

"

the

l(* r*) Sinh| y/g

"

"

1.

"
"

the

independent

catenary

are

variable,

following

the

obtained:

1604.

log,

1+smr

log,

tan

*y

1605.

fe ?-) A
+

\4

cost

Sinh-1

2/

seer.

The

radius

of

curvature,

"

*"

"

A sec2

r.

(tan

).

ANALYTIC

The
ordinate

the

between

area

lowest

the

of

175

GEOMETRY

of

axis

and

of the

point

the
to

curve

the

from

curve,

ordinate

any

y,

1606.

|2(J e~*) A2 Sinhf

"

The
the

A2 tanr

hVy2

k2.

ft

4U

of

length

the

to

curve

1607.

measured

arc

an

top of any

ordinate

|(4 e~*)A

point

of

yf

Sinh|

lowest

the

from

A tanr

"

Vy2

h2.

ft

Whence

1608.

lo"

Involute

The
called

of

Antifriction

[4 y/l (|Y1A
+

the
Curve.

Its

Tractrix

or

"

the

so-

(f)'-[vA-g-c"h-'(^)r

""

16

The

10.

The

of

axis

Its summit
Another

161

length

the

of

to

tangent

this

is

curve

stant
con-

A.

"

1.

is the

touches
of the

loge (A

lowest

point

equation

of the

\/h2

included

area

y2)

the

by

branches.

its four

to

asymptote
the

form

The

12.

of the

catenary.

Tractrix

logg y
four

is

\/h2

y2.

"

branches

of

this

is *rA2.

curve

16 13.

The

circle and
to

is

equation

16

is the

Catenary

'

Sinh-1

Involute

in its

touch, without

point
the
fixed

in

the

given

plane

spool marks

Circle.

The
out

Let

straight

sliding upon,

moving

circle.

of a

end
such

of
a

its
will

tangent

line

curve.

there

be

moving

so

always

as

circumference;
generate
thread

fixed

given

the
unwound

then

involute
from

any
of
a

176

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

Let

point

is

where

the
the

on

the

fixed

point where,

is the

The

is

at

the

of

r00,

circle,t

fixed

other

any

generating

position

the

point

touches

the

generating point.

tangent

radius

in

line

moving

start, the

the

at

of the

circumference

circle,and

Then

arc

be

always equal

pt

curvature,

wherein

The

pt.

"

the

to

r0 denotes

of

the

of

measure

radius

the

at.

arc

the

fixed

circle.
The
centre

rectangular

coordinates

of the

circle,are

fixed

{*

T"TA

"

(y-ro
The

polar equation

1615.

of p, the

(C0S

6 +

d Sil1

6)"

(sm

0-0

cos

0).

The

length

1617.

The

area

1618.

Since

0 has

of the

aop

increased

to

family

the

of Parabolic

"""

faO2.

straight

Curves

f*

Parabolic

has

axn.

a"pn.

for its general

equation

Spiral, a particular case,

r2

Parabola

of the

n*h

1622.

a"p.

degree,
an~1y=xn.
m

1623.

The

Cubic

1624.

The

Semi-cubic

line

Curves.

Spirals,

1621.

The

"

becomes

curve

ym

1620.
The

infinity.

1619.
Parabolic

ap,

\r*0*.

ro0,

curve

Parabolic
The

the

y/-^2-l-tan-y/-^2-l.

6 16.

when

at

is

origin being

Parabola, a2y

Parabola,

re8.

aSy= x%.

The

1625.
latus

referred

to

tangents

ends

at

the

of

rectum,

The
at

Parabola

177

GEOMETRY

ANALYTIC

Spiral

of

uniform

itself is

Archimedes
in

rate

turning

at

is

line while

the

straight

uniform

generated by
around

rate

point moving
fixed

line

straight

point

or

pole.
r

The

1626.
value

the

of

polar equation

is

corresponding

to

a"p

"p

r" is

"p, wherein

-*-

2w.

r2

The

1627.

polar subtangent

"

"

1628.

The

polar subnormal

1620.

The

radius

Length

1630.
The

family

of

of

of the

curvature,

curve,

1632.
The

Lituus,

Hyperbolic
of

series

the

points

in

the

a.

Draw

off

measure

on

an

"p).

general equation

other

ends

hyperbolic spiral.

is also

r*"p

Its

a.

diameter

of

through

circle

each
of fixed

arc

beginning

length

these

equation

arcs

a,

all in

will

be

is

a.

r"p=
curve

circles,and

1634.
This

i"?"

the

particular case,

direction; the

same

a.

Spiral.

concentric

this diameter

at

"

r2

(ip\/l+"p* + Sinh-1

has

y"1^

*"

2a2

-*-

"

^"

Spirals,

Hyperbolic

The

0
r

Curves

Hyperbolic

1631.

1633.

constant.

a,

called the

Reciprocal Spiral, since

a

.
"

1635.
used

in

A
the

the asymptote

straight

line

construction

of the

drawn
and

spiral.

parallel
at

distance

the

to
a

diameter

therefrom

is

178

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

The

1636.
the

make

spiral must
1637.

The

1638.

The

is

origin

number

infinite

an

polar subtangent

"

of turns

reach

to

it.

constant.

a,

"

which

around

point

asymptotic

an

r2

polar

subnormal

"

"

Compare

1628.

1627,
The

1639.

of

radius

curvature,

wherein

"

"

cos8

angle

the

The

between

the

and

is

tangent.

Curve.

Logarithmic

1640.

ae*

or

loge*^

wherein

the

on

The

the

axis

of

1641.

The

of the

2/"aen(cos
\

Logarithmic Spiral

1642.

radius

and

The

called

of turns

with

to

tangent

"p

of

ae"*.

"p, the

reach

it.

and

radius
ctn

of the

the

tangent

angle.
around

point

make

vector

form

m.

The

equation

Spiral, since

spiral must

is

curve

constant

an

infinite

value

of

ber
num-

angle

constant

for

which,

is found

0.

The

polar

normal

1644.

The

polar

subnormal

1645.

The

radius

evolute

locus

is the

1643.

The

intercept

)"

"

asymptotic

an

sin

Equiangular

other, and

each

by putting

the

is

values

the
form

vector

origin

negative

The

-ft
n

this

of

equation

"

r-

It is also

the

y.

general form

most

and

subtangent,

constant

of

Vl

"

curvature

is another

"

spiral

m2

ctn

which

log, m.
m

esc

a.

rm.

y/l

original spiral by turning it through

m2

will
an

"

cso

coincide

angle

a.

with

The

passed

area

by

over

from

"p

(the pole)

"x"

to

of "p,

positive value

any

179

GEOMETRY.

ANALYTIC

r2

1646.

"

"

4/n

The

1647.

of the

length

8*

The

sec

pole

the

from

arc

to

any

point,

a.

Lemniscate.

1648.
This

(a2 +

is

curve

a2

i/2)2

Or2

t/2),r

particular

of

case

Vcos

2p.

the

Oval,

Cassinian

1662.

see

Cissoid.

The

1649.

y2(2a-x)

xat

2asin2P.

cos

The

between

area

Descartes1

the

and

curve

"p

its asymptote

Folium.

1650.

r."""f""r.

J+tf-Sazy,

sin3 ^" +

line

The

3ira2.

"

2/ +

0 is

"

asymptote

-an

cos3

^"

to

this

sin

2^.

curve.

Quadrifolium.
1

65

(x2 +

1.

IFifeA

Tfo

y2)3

0/ Agnesi,

4a2z2i/2,

^"

1652.
D

"

i/
^

z2

Tfo
If
the

from

radiant

and

either

way

in

4a2

Conchoid.

fixed

directrix,
from

Ver8ie?ia.

!Tfo

or

point

along

fixed

length

constant

cut

the

straight line,

rp

radiant, the

be

locus

ured
meas-

of

is

conchoid.
Let

the

the

be

equation

1653.
or, with

for

perpendicular
for

(o

V)2 Q"2

pole,
r

"

sec

ob

from

origin of rectangular

is

"V
o

the

of

with

Then

directrix.
the

length

y "

b.

y2),

to

dinates,
coor-

180

MATHEMATICAL

The

Limacon.
into

becomes
the

By

wherein

this

of

equations

ob,

b,

(x* 4- y2

ax)2

is

conjugate point.

When

a,

is

node.

When

26, this

2
y2-

(3a -x)

Q\
3

TAe

t/2
=

Cubic

The

"

x,

(x2 + y2),

Trisectrix.

the

/'

(a + x)
^

y2

'"

r=*

"

(3g

X)

"

sin2^"

"

or

Quadratrix
of
so

x:

1658.

multiples
fixed

the

and

r2 be

the

b,

of

radii

the
and

"p.

move

the
formly
uni-

"

of

the

certain

the

on

foci, is
c

of

is

difference

point

sec

which

equation

or
a

"

intersection

-^J

called

focal

"p

both

The

sum

of

cos

the

(-

tan

distances

points

rt and

The

Ovals.
of

"p: \ir.

of

ordinate

an

4a

locus

the

is

circle and

that

Cartesian

^").

tan

^ "

r=2as^"

'

The

(sec

Trisectrix,
*

1657-

the

of

Logocyclic Curve,

1656.

Let

axis

Folium,
"

two

b2

called

been

has

curve

.*-1655-

radius

curve

rp.

="

a,

choid
con-

are

b "
"

the

initial line and

for

ob

the

diameter,

as

of

directrix

When

The

"

the

ob

curve

"p "

cos

on

With

limagon.

1654.

changing

circle

fixed

HANDBOOK

curve

fixed
from

constant.

distance

between

foci.

The

of

the

lr2

nc,

equations

inner

and

outer

1660.

mr1

ovals

respectively

are

1659.
wherein

mrx

n"

m"

I.

"

lr2

nc,

ANALYTIC

The

Ovals

product

rxr2

b2

apart
The

r4

the

half

x)2]X [y2+

(c

x)2]
-

64.

2c2r2

c4,

foci, whose

the

between

way

b4

2^"

cos

distance

2c.

"

equation

1664.

r=*

represents

family

the Cubic

and

that

the property

by

is

polar equation

pole being

(c +

[y2+

or

1663.
the

defined

are

of the focal radii is constant

1662.
The

of Cassini

181

GEOMETRY

(sec "p +

of

curves

1667.

"

to

"p)

cos

which

the

belong

Cissoid

Trisectrix.

Miscellaneous

1665.

sin "p (a

sin

Polar

Equations.

circle).

2p.

1666.

1668.

cos

1670.

"p

sin

\"p.

2^".

cos

"

1669.

167

is

1.

sin

sin n^"

3cp.

(n loops when

odd,

is

b.

^ +

cos

loops when

2w

even.

1672.

r=

sin3

1674.

r=

1676/

tan

1673-

Jp.

1675.

^".

(sec 2(0

Miscellaneous

tan

a+

esc

^.

sec2^ ^" (a parabola)

2"p).

Rectangular Equations.

log (1 + x).

1678.

y2

1680.

a2i/2

a2x*

1682.

a?/2

(x

1684.

ay2

x*"

x4.

a)2 (x

bx2.

6).

182

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

1685.

y2

7*

(x

a)2.

Vy1

1686.

x*

1689.

i/J"x3-2ax2.

a2xy

0.

V
a4

a2

1690.

7?

1691.

ay*

1693.

ay*

2X2

+2xi/

axi/2

i/2+ 5x

x4

0.

2i/

0.

1692.

(i/2

1694.

*/

x2)2

x5.

x3

2ax2*/

x4

0.

'

"

a2

1695.

ax*

1697.

x*+

1699.

(-Y

(A*

1701.

(-) +

(^V

61/3

4-

a*

(z

y)

1696.

a3i/

aV

1698.

a2i/

Sbx2

1.

1700.

3/

1.

1702.

i/=

0.

aB.

y3^

1703-

a2

(x

y(y"-

1707.

i/4

96oY

1708.

y4 +

x4

1709.

xy

1710.

x5

171

1.

T/ie

a2

2a3xy

between
Z

b2

t/5
=

Probability

of

coordinates

The

(1/2

two
: m

points

to

"

sec

18X2.

x.

-""

0.

(y2 +

2a2"2

62) +

0.

0.

Curve,

ylf

and

e~xi.

the Plane

Space.

in

(x, y, z) dividing the

zt) and

(x2, y2, z2)

distance

in

given

are

point
m.

log

0.

x2).

point

(xv

Z+w
The

x4

Pointf the Straight Line,

The

ratio

4X3

"**"""" or
100a2x2

2axiy

x4

x3

4-

0.

(x2- |) (x2-}).

1)-

x4

i/).

"~(ir+(F"
1706.

x2

of

external

Z+m
division

I +

is

given by

changing

The

distance

1803.

If the

between

V(xx

x, y, z, be

a,

P,

cos

(yx

y2)2+

*",cos

"

ff

distance

of any

?*

radius
with

used

vector

the

and
of

axes

point (x, yf z)

cosy

Vx^
of

system

?"

of

axes

5i^ii

the

the

from

origin is

j/"+ 2s.

polar

three
and

y,

x,

point Or, y, z)
r"

much

the

with

1805.
A

The

is

(x2ty2, zj,

z2f.

(zx

makes

line d

the

zj and

yxt

respectively, then

y,

**

1804.

x2Y

which

angles

points (xv

two

183

GEOMETRY

ANALYTIC

coordinates

angles

P,

a,

which

makes

Then

respectively.

of the

consists

for

any

(r,a, p, y)

or

r2

s2 +

z2,

t/2+

IoOO.

"

"

cos

connected

by

the

1807.

is

1808.

by

1809.

other

cos2 P

0 between

cos

the

"

cos

direction

y-

cosines,

are

cos2 y

lines whose

two

cosines

are

1.

direction

cos

ax

a2

/*!cos

cos

P2

cos

7^

cos

y^

equation
sin2 0

(cos Px

cos

y2

(cos

yx

cos

a2

(cos

ax

cos

/?2

condition

that

"

cos

P2

cos

yt)3

cos

y2

cos

at)2

cos

a2

lines be

two

cos

^J2.

right angles

at

each

to

is

1810.
The

P;

given by the equation,

cos

the

The

cos

relation
cos2

angle

known

or

"

cosines, usually called

These

The

2/

a,

cos

ax

a2

cosines

direction

lines and

cos

therefore
0

cos

sin 0

cos

sin 0

cos

of

their

to

Px

cos

cos

line

plane

P2

cos

cos

yx

perpendicular
given by

are

"

cos

Px

cos

y2

cos

yt

cos

a2

"

cos

aj

cos

P2

(sin

y2

to

two

the

"0.

given

equations

cos

P2

cos

yx

cos

y2

cos

ax

"

cos

a2

cos

p3

184

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

wherein
be

to

the

ft,y,

a,

found,

the

are

given lines,and

sin 0

cosines

of

of the

terms

direction

Parallel

being

system

of

coordinates

the

for x, y,

their

1812.

Turning

x',

x0 +

rectangular.

x,

the

respectively;

new

in

the

old

a/, y'y z'\ and

the

the

to

is made

transformation

rectangular

with

lines

old

axes

by substituting

equivalents.

them
y,

direction

in

coordinates
the

in

90",

two.

origin relatively

new

x0, y0, z0; the

being

other

The

those

y, z;

x,

the

give

of

Coordinates.

of

Transformation.

If 0

perpendicular

of the

Transformation

angles

them.

then

mutually

cosines

perpendicular

direction

between

equations

three

of

one

angle

above

the

p2f y2J

a2,

0 the

the

1 ; and

and

PXf yx

av

of the

angles

direction

the

old

and

be

axes

for

angles
ax,

shortness

origin still keeping

made

Px,

the

by

yx)

a2,

cos

ax

put

z'.

z0 +

the

around

axes

Let

?/',z

y0+

y="

p2,
"

new

y2;

"3,

a3,

f}x

cos

ax,

of

axes

"

y3,

bx,

etc.

1813.

1814.

axxf +

a2yi

a32r

axx

bxy

ctz

bxxf +

b2y' +

6sz'

a2x

b2y +

c2s

cxzf +

c2tf+

c3z'.

a3*

bsV +

c3*-

"

The

following

"

hold

cosines

good,
1816.

1815.
a/+

a,2+a"2

6l"+

0*

632

"

a22+622+c22

1.

"32 +

C32

1,

1818.

a363

+
fcjCji
b2c2 +

cxax

c*

a^

a262 +

axbx

"x2 +

l8l7.
'

direction

nine

these

between

relations

c2a2. +

"0

=-

63c3

a2a3

^2^3 +

C2C3

cza3

0.

"3ai

^3^1 +

C3C1

0.

1820.

1819.

Another

the

the

the

of

axis

in

Astronomy,

radius

vector,

angle

"

which

which

this

with

makes

its

projection

on

the

angle

These

coordinates

as

cos

polar coordinates

cos

p,

general form of
Ax

1823.
If 4

C
If D

of

with

makes

the

"

"

By

Cz

of
+

plane is

0.

of y;

0, the plane is parallel to the

axis

of

0, the plane

0 and

plane makes

is

parallel to

through

passes

the

x;

z.

origin.

0, the plane is parallel to the xy-pl"ne.

the

plane

is

parallel to

0, the

plane

is

parallel to

intercepts

respectively,the equation
1824.

sin 0.

z2.

axis

(7=0,

If the

y2

the

plane

0 and

x2 +

z=*

of

"

2?

6 sin
"p,

cos

axis

0, the

rectangular

to

0, the plane is parallel to the

2?

"

the equation
+

0 and

If ^4

related

are

follows:

r2

The

projection

x.

1822.

used

polar coordinates,

of xy,

plane
"p

of

system
of

consists

185

GEOMETRY

ANALYTIC

"+
a

a,

6,

is

J? + "_
be

1.

on

the

the
the
axes

i/2-plane.
zx-plane.
of x, y,

186

MATHEMATICAL

If

the

perpendicular

from

and

angles

length

make

the

of the

equation
1825.

An

HANDBOOK

equation
the

to

the

of

the

normal

P,

a,

takes

plane

cos

origin

the

form

Ax

cos

the

By

be

plane

normal

fi +

form

with

cos

upon

of

axes

in

x, y, z,

form

p.

Cz

is

duced
re-

by putting

1826.
A
cos

-"

VA2

"

a,

VA2

B*+C2

The

N.B.

B2

y,

"g

=cos",
V42

cos

B2+C2

"

^=p-

\/42

C2

sign of the

radical

0 between

two

is to

be

chosen

so

C2

fl2 +

as

give

to

tive
posi-

value.

angle

The

is

given by

either

Ax

By+

A'x

B'y

of

the

cos

"2

(HC

each

condition
other

the

D'

CCr

C2 \/4'2

(CA'~

B'2

C"2

C'A)2

(AB"

that

the

B2

C2) (A'2

planes

should

BB'

CC

be

B'2

A'B)\

C"2)

perpendicular

is
AA'

1829.

and

Cz

BB'

1KV

{A2
The

nin, e

"

VA2

To2o

Cz

equations

A A'

1827.

planes

condition

that

they

should

3""

A'

B'

Cr

be

0;

parallel is

to

ANALYTIC

The
to

length

1831.
wherein
the

and

the

the

"

"

the

and

perpendicular

plane,

given

of

cos

(xx cos

t/j

(xvyifzl)

on

when

sign

negative

P+

cos

is to

are

cos

given point (xv

cos

taken

are

p),

"

when
sides

opposite

they

is

p,

cos

zx

be

of

the

on

z^

yv

the

origin

the

plane,
side

same

of

plane.

If the

of the

equation

Ax

the

from

positive sign

point

187

GEOMETRY

length

Cz

perpendicular

the

of

By

is of the

given plane
D

is

form

0,

in the

given

form

lmmAxx+Byx+Cz1"Dm
VA2+B2+

All
the
the

sign

same

as

the
are

this

the

on

same

side

of

has

fraction
the

plane

as

equation

1833.
wherein

(Ax +By+Cz
h is

D)

of the

If k be

all

Ax

By

Cz

A'x

B'y

C'z

given alternately
VA2

B2+

VA'2

B'2

each
the

B'y

C'z

+Z"')

=-

0,

planes passing through

0
0.

one

of the

two

values

C2
;
'

resulting equations
to

(A'x

planes

two

"

angles between

arbitrary, represents

intersection

1834.

the

of

numerator

origin.

The

the

which

for

points

C2

will

other
two

C"2

represent
which

the

bisect

given planes.

two

the

planes

pendicular
per-

supplemental

188

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

form

the

1825,

(x

"
The
and

4-

that

y,

x,

the

ft'+

cos

cos

y'

cos

planes

that

is

in the

are

bisecting planes

two

ft +

cos

four

point

same

eliminating

a!

cos

condition
the

that

cos

given planes

of

equations

(x

1835.

the

of

Or, if the equations

p')

0.

through

pass

determinant

their

A'

D'

A"

B"

C"

D"

A'"

B'"

C"

Z)'"

=0.

that

two

equations

one

formed
should

from

four

are

p)

should

the

normal

by

vanish;

is

1836.

1837.
in

condition

the

intersect, each

space

these

is also

This

line

lines

straight

being represented

by

two

of

equations.

1838.
vertices

is the

Six

times

(xv

are

of

volume

the

the

tetrahedron

whose

zt), (x2,y2, z2), (x3,yz, z3), (x4,y4, *4)

yv

determinant

the

given points

all in

one

plane

is that

vanish.

this determinant
Hence

points lie

four

that

condition

The

of

equation
may

be

plane

passing

through

three

written

1839.
x"

the

straight line

general
1840.

in

space

2/2

2/3

is determined

0.

by

form
Ax

By

Cz

A'z

B'y

Cz

D'

0.

two

equations

of

ANALYTIC

Each

of

these

line

straight

189

GEOMETRY

equations

represents

is the

represented

intersection

the

and

plane,

these

of

two

planes.

By

eliminating
they

184

line

the

on

plane

the

on

of

y, the

of

axis

the

straight

the

and

angles

equations

these

straight
tion
projec-

its

equations

as

plane parallel to

the

being

represent

through

/3, y, with

a,

the

axis

of

x,

of

intersection

the

"r^_y-yi
cos

(xlf ylf zt) and

cos

line

straight

cos

x,

y, and

z, its

through

passes

"^

2/2

Zl

straight

line

Vl

zt) perpendicular
Ax

By

points,

given

are

X2

of

equations

two

2/^li L^Jx

Xl

yv

ft

(x2, y2, z2),its equations

l843.

point (xv

of

axes

zj

^Lii.

the

given point (xlfyv

are

l842.

The

of

plane parallel to

line passes

straight

forms

If

that

second

the

planes.

two

If the

they

the

first represents

second

line

projection of

Or, regarding

yz.

representing planes,
the

and

xz,

of

tions,
equa-

used,

commonly

of the

equation

plane

these

between

y=*nz+b.

x=mz+a,

first is the

these

alternately

explicit form

the

assume

1.

The

and

the

to

Cz

of

Z2

passing

through

the

plane
0

are

44

ABC

1845.
into

the

If

the

equations

y-yt

xt
=

direction

divided

line

are

brought

form
x-

the

straight

by VA2

cosines
+

B2 +

z-

of

C\

zt

the

line

are

'

A, B,

and

each

190

The

0 between

angle
a

x"

"

"

"

the

"b

given by

lines

two

__

is

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

"

nf

m!

equation
(

IV

1846.

cos

I2 +

lines

The

and

IV

angle

mm'

"

"

"

a
0

line is

parallel to
Al

The

lie wholly in the

Bb

4m

Bn

line

parallel to

185

1.

(x

z-zt

{x

the

0.

the

other

(2

the

"

b2

direction

cosines

planes passing through

of

are

b2ct)+

zt) (afi2

(z

are

s-s2

__

a2

b2, c2,

equations

y-y2

a;-rc2

c_

x2) (btc2
+

ftnd

equations

line

'

xx) (V2

Z""

straight lines given by

clf a2,

lines, the

two

straight

Cz+

Aa

__

bv

0.

y=nz+b

a,

By+

"i
alt

the

y-yx

a_

Cn

Ax

__

wherein

if

plane

Bm

B2+C2

plane

two

x-xr

Cn

"/A2

the
+

mz

are

be

given by the equation

Bm+

conditions. that
x

If there

*=0

1849.
1850.

Ax+By+Cz+D
is

"

\/P +m2+n2
The

if

Al+
"

sin

n'2

other

plane

"

m'2

0.

"

__o_Q

each

nn'

the

1848.

Z'2 +

^-^

-^

"

nn'

to

between

line

the

m2+n2

perpendicular

are

1847.
The

mm'

4-

b2ct)+

z2) (a^,

(y

yx) (c^

a2bt)
(y

y2) (cxa2

a2"x)

c2at)

0.

c2aj

of the
each

These

them,

planes
which

by

coefficients

the

is also

lines, is equal
divided

parallel;

are

the

of x, y,

(xx

(yx

*"" (a*6*

(z*

denominator
0 is the

lines make

given
terms

of the

squares

y2) (cxa2

c2ax)

(afi2

a2bj2

a2bJ

-"

this

of

angle

which

each

other.

with

(cta2

b2cj2 +

where

the

absolute

of the

sum

b2ct)+

"

V(btc2
The

of the

x2) (bxc2
+

1852.

between

their

of

between

Thus

z.

distance

distance

difference
root

square

the

and

shortest

the

to

191

GEOMETRY

ANALYTIC

c2at)2+

is

expression

See

to

of the

directions

the

equal

sin 0,

given

two

1809.

Quadrics.
The

general equation of

1853.

The

ax2

by2

2my

2nz

Discriminant

1856.

If D

be

surface, either
of two),

1857.

or

an

cz2 +

the second
d +

degree

2fyz

in

three variables

2hxy

2gzx

+2lx

is

0.

is

not

0, the surface

represented

hyperboloid

ellipsoid,a

(of

is

one

central

sheet

or

cone.

If D

0, the

represented

surface

hyperbolic,
cylinder (elliptic,

or

parabolic)

is
or

some

form

of

some

form

of

paraboloid.
1858.
For

If A

further

equation, 1862,

0, the

surface

represented

discrimination,
should

be

used.

the

is

cone.

discriminating

cubic

192

MATHEMATICAL

HANDBOOK

Transformation
If D

be

general

equation

through

the

solving

the

These

the

gz0+l

hy0

hx0

by0 +

fz0+

9*o

fVo +

czo +

the

express

centre

axes

found

are

by

0,

0.

should

freed

is

=0,

condition

equation

by2

cz2 +

of

2fyz

d!

wherein

186

that

each

the

be

the

2hxy

Z, m,

new

equal

of

terms

0.

to

first

degree

relations

that

equation

an

to

axes

relations

These

the

-g2

ab-p

+2fgh -af2 -bg2

By
to

taken

-h2
-ch2

/',g', and

form

cubic

(for their
two

sum,

by

xy

centre

be done
old

so

to

as

set

make
of the

coefficients

new

one

made

be

can

by virtue

and

from

of

rectangular

origin.

b' +

c'a' +

-a'b'c'

cf,
a'b'

f'2

g'2

h'2,

+2fg'h' -a'f'2 -b'g'2 -c'K'\

h! each

product

have

a' +

Vc'

equation

their
two

the

can

the

same

b+

making
a

0,

are

a+

bc+ca

and

zx,

on

is transformed

with

another

yz,

This

between

exist

d'

axes

h vanish.

and

"

in

the

2gzx

4-

terms

by turning

/,g,

new

when

the

Further,

1.

disappear

the

us

the

ax0

equation

ax2

i860,

abc

parallel

to

becomes

and

to

transformed

central, the

equations

transformed

Thus

be

surface

x0, y0, z0 of

coordinates

equations

the

in

be

can

the

Equation.

centre.

The

1859.

therefore

0, and

not

the General

of

0, these

whose
and

all become

roots

the

sum

known).

equations
are

a', 6',

of their

enable
and

c'

products

ANALYTIC

This
and

cubic

the

as

discriminating cubic,

it is written
ft3

1862.

(a

The
this

three

cubic,

The

2"A

general equation
a'*2

This

will

the

roots

all

(i) Let
makes

if a,

b} and

the

these

"

a2

intercepts, the

**

b2

An

It

Ellipsoid.

is that

of

an

Oblate

b "

c, the

surface

is that

of

(ii) Let

oj2

"y2
+"

"

6, it

qj2

/Jj2

1866.

"

"

(iv) Let

b2

it is

(v) When

sheet.

one

Then

negative.

Hyperboloid

of

sheets.

two

revolution.

of

be

roots

negative.

Then

z2

b2

d'

be

1, A

-=

surface

u2

a2

of

revolution.

of

roots

+t"+"

"

Hyperboloid

c2

all three
QC2

1867.

gi
"

a2

c,

the

of

two

Spheroid.

c2

surface

Prolate

Then

negative.

:=1,

b2

is

Spheroid.

2"2
"

a2

(iii)Let

be

root

one

1865.

may

"?

surface

then

surface, and

equation

c, the

If

closed

b "

If b

axis, is

surface

Sphere.

The

If

nature

cubic.

of

the

to

is that

according

surface

If

0.

c, the

by solving

form

1864.

If

h2) k

0.

real, found

positive.

each

on

d'

forms

be

roots

denote

dz2

b'y2 +

intercept

sought.

discriminating

three

real

in

written

the

of

f2- g*

becomes

different

assume

ch2)
all

are

now

ab~

ca+

af-bg2-

a', b'7 and

the

1863.

(bc+

of k, which

values
are

c) A2

b +

(a6c

of

is known

equation

193

GEOMETRY

"

1,

No

real

locus.

c2

"

vanishes

in

consequence

of

0,

be

194

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

1868.

2-

"

a2

c2
at

1869.

ellipsoid

infinitelysmall

0, An

"

b2

1+w~^==^'

.,

the

origin.

Cone"

asymptotic

to

the

corresponding hyperboloid.
If D

without

and

1870.

a'x2 "

c'

can

z;

187

which

(i)

a'x2 "

a'z2 +

If a'

V,

"V

the

of the

in

2n'z

through

a',"', c'

becomes
0.

origin

new

but

y vanish

inating
discrim-

roots

equation

and

of the

term

one

axes

2nfz

following

If also d'

that

not

of

d!

0,

surfaces.

Vy2

d'

EllipticCylinder,

0,

is circular.

cylinder

Hyperbolic Cylinder.

0,

cylinders

is the

coordinate

axis

of

z.

0,

a'x2

1874.

"y

"

intersecting in

the

cylinder a'x2

b'y*+

(ii) If n'
disappear

d!

of these

axis

1875.

last

2m'y

of

bV

the

the

a'x2

1873.

two

terms

n'=6,

If

1872.

the

the

turned,

becomes

equation

represents

The

2Vx

coefficients

Thus

parallel

to

the

the

and

through

be

may

make

to

therefore

0.

b'tf+

Transformation
make

axes

as

the

that

0, and

Say

0.

to

the

origin, so

doing this, observe

equal

parallel axes

to

but

general equation

disappear.

xy

cubic
is

the

changing

yz, zx,

In

transformation

impossible;

is

centre

the

represented by

surface

central, and

is not
the

0, the

be

and

axis
df

not

the

of

0,

-4 pair

0,

="

and

0/ planes

asymptotic

to

the

hyperbolic

0.

change

equation

will

of.

take

origin
one

or

will
the

make

d'

other

of

following forms
a'x2

Vy2

2nfz

0,

An

Elliptic Paraboloid.

If a'

"',the paraboloid

a'x2

1876.

(iii)If also
cubic

6'

a'x2

1877.
If

(iv)

change

Hyperbolic

is, if

2m

of

axes

2nt'y +

cf =0,

6'

in the

0,

becomes

yz,

Parabolic
n'

0, and

ating
discrimin-

form

the

plane

0,

=-

0, m!

-=

2n'z

'y +

Paraboloid.

of the

roots

two

0, the equation takes

are

by

of revolution.

one

0, A

0, that

"

a'x3

which,

is

2n'z

b'y* +

195

GEOMETRY

ANALYTIC

Cylinder.
0, the

equation

becomes
o'x2

1878.

pair of parallelplanes.
the

of

equation

second

degree

At?

cone.

represents

Every

of the

be

of the

Dxy

Eyz

Fax

"

0,

form

sphere.

the

radius

sphere,

1881.
And

C22

x*+y*+z*+Ax+By+Cz+D-0

represents
r

By2

equation

1880.

its

and

the

(y-b)2+

origin be

the

takes

equation

(x-a)2
if the

6,

a,

the

at

coordinates

of the

centre

form

(*-c)"-H.

centre, its equation

takes

form
x" +

1882.

y2

of

general equation
F

which, by solving

r2.

Surfaces.
surface

curved

(x, y, z)

is

0,

for z, becomes

z=f(x,y).

1883..

Equation
1884.

s2

Curved

The

in

variables,

1879.

If

0,

homogeneous

Every
three

of the

(X-x)

plane tangent
DXF+

(Y-y)

at

the

DyF+

point (x, yy z)
(Z-z)

DzF=0.

the

196

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

of the

Equations

normal

the

at

X-x

_Z-z

Y-y

1885.

DXF

angles

The

point (x, y} z)

coordinate

axes

the

are

determined

by

y,

DXF

1886.

cos

-|-

the

DgF

DyF

$0

cos
,

with

makes

normal

which

0,

a,

DSF

DyF

|p

cos

-|-

wherein

the

Applying

foregoing

of

quadrics 1853,

(x, y, z)

which

ax2

V(DXF)2

formulas

(DZF)\

the

to

general equation

have

w"

by2

{DyF)2

cz2 +

2lx

shall

for shortness

2my

be

2fyz

d +

2gzx

4-

2nz

written

2hxy

0,

4-

0.

"

Then,
f DXF

1887.

D^F

DZF

and

the

equation

of

(ax

hy

Dyu

(hx

by+fz

Z"2**

(gx+

Z)xw

the

plane

}y+

T)
m)
n),

cz+

at

tangent

gz

the

point (x, y, z)

becomes

(X
1888.

+
+

or,

writing

at

x) (ax

full

1889.

(ax

and

fz+m)

Ix +

(gx+
my

J-

n)

cz+

reducing,

hy

gz

Y(hx+by+fz+

I)

gz

fy+

z) (gx+

length

(hx+by+

(Y-y)
(Z

hy

m)

fy+

cz

4-

nz

l)

n)

0.

0,

ANALYTIC

The

of the

equations

197

GEOMETRY

normal

X-x

point (x, y, z) become

the

at

Z-z.

Y-jl

l89"K

'

hx+by+fz+m

ax+hy+gz+l
and

the

direction

ax+hy+gz

"

V(ax+

'

are

hy+

'

by+fz

l)2+ (hx+

gz +

\nf

the

point (x'fj/, z?) relatively

+"

+t

of

of

angles

coordinate

1894.

cos

surface, it represents

and

statement

sheet

of

or

the

changing

sign

formulas

p,

from

x'2

v'2

z!2

p2

a*

b*

c4

apply

the

origin

this

perpendicular

makes

given by

are

-""-

cos
,

J^r

b2

cos
,
'

y'

*"

c2'

Whence,
p2

="

c2

or

to

upon

given by

is

1895.

of

the

two.

perpendicular,

axes

By

($, y, which

a,

the

on

same

one

plane

tangent

be

'

"

point.

the

"

hyperboloid
length

that

at

b2 and

both

b2

point' (x'\\f\zf)

plane

tangent

the

n)2.

ellipsoid

if the

The

cr

the

(gx+fy+cz

m)2+

polar plane of the

a2

The

b2

the

zz'

represents

of

equation

a2

or,

gx+fy+cz

xx'

the

n9

to

normal

hx+by+fz

ie

"

wherein

The

of the

cosines

gx+fy+cz

a2 cos2

b2 cos2 fi +

c2 cos2
y.

with

198

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

The

condition

that
Ax

should

touch

the

plane

the

By

Cz

surface

"t

"
a2

"-=\

b2

c2

B2b2

is that
A2a2

1896.
The

the

of

equations

normal

2r

The

"

equation
./

"."./

a2

the

represents

from

parallel to

the

If two

diameters

cosines

cos

_q"

a'

cos

at

that

a2

other

"-

cos

the

surface,

their

Curves

tion
direc-

double

n
=

0.

c2

Curvature.

Double

of

y'
*-

y*" cos

4-

b2

of

the

on

to

point.

each

to

3'

cos

*=-

+,

curve

conjugate

related,

1899.

is

{x'yyfJzr)

point

conjugate

are

cos

which

plane tangent

thus

are

c2

plane
the

b2

diametral

drawn

diameter
is

~"/

2|"^"^

1898.

and

point (#',y',zf) are

the

at

D2.

-"(*/" (*-/).
"/0

",(?-*)

1897.

CV

is

curvature

represented

by

two

equations
Fx (x, y, z)

1900.

The
these

is the

curve

This

projections

on

elements

the

are

of

which

are

=0.

surfaces

two

which

separately represent.
by

coordinate

fx (x)

equations

the

of

represented

of the

two

1901.

which

taken

is also

curve

F2 (x, y, z)

intersection

equations

two

0,

and

the

equations

of

its

planes, thus,
f2 (x)

of

cylindrical

two

parallel to

the

axes

of

surfaces
and

the

y respectively.

The

angles

P,

a,

makes

curvature

the

by

which

with

199

GEOMETRY

ANALYTIC

the

the

to

tangent

coordinates

of

axes

double

of

curve

mined
deter-

are

equations
dx
cos

cos

"

ds

dz

dy

1902.

-f-

=-

cos

"",
as

as

wherein

ds^\/dx2+df+dz2^dx\Jl+(^+{^

1903.

The

the

ecfuations of

x~x

the

at

tangent

point (x, y, z)

are

Z-z

Y-v

",^

normal

The

the

It

curve.

when

equation,

(X

1905.
The

is

(Y

osculating plane

three

consecutive

touches

the

the

at

for

axes

angles A,

p,

through
tains
con-

when

it

is

C(Z-*)-0,

dzcPx

which

the

dyd?x.

"

the

normal

makes

binormal

by

dx"z

"

dxd?y

"

dzcPy

to

with

wherein

cosji

VA2

ds

osculating

the

coordinate

,
cosX--,

the

equations

1908.

is

therefore

equation,

1907.

its

0.

passes

and

Its

dycPz

so-called

determined

are

which

point (x, y, z)

the

z) dz=

of

shortness,

plane,

and

tangent,

curve

tangents.

The

the

of

points

(Z

infinite

point

any

point Or, y, z)

plane

il(X-aO+"(y-y)

1906.
wherein,

curve

the

is

consecutive

two

the

y) dy+

at

the

to

through

x) dx+

drawn

be

can

perpendicular

it passes

all the

plane containing

lines that

of normal

number

is the

plane

cos

-,

B2

V("Px)2+

v=

-,

C2

(d?y)2 +

(d2z)2- ((Ps)2,

*V("")'"('
D' "('D

200

MATHEMATICAL

Let

angle

the

denoted

by

d t;

HANDBOOK

between

consecutive

two

be

tangents

then
R
"*T

1909,

and

ds2'

the

radius

so-called

of

of the

firstcurvature

the

in

curvature

The

Pi

coordinates

or

the

is

curve,

ds
1910,

osculating plane,

dsf

dr~

xQ, y0, z0, of the

centre

of

the

first

ture
curva-

are

ddx
ds
1911

XQ

ds

in
ds
V+

Vo=

Pi

ds
dz
ds
2

Let
be

angle

the

denoted

between

by dd;

osculating planes

then

=\/{d

dd

1912.

consecutive

two

cos

A)2

Bd*y

Ad3x

(d

cos

/a)2+

(d

v)2

cos

Cd3z
" S"

R?
and
the

radius

the

of the

so-called

second

curvature,

torsion

or

of

is

curve,

ds
1913

The

points

1914.

P2

is

curve

dd

0, that

Ad*x

plane

curve

dd

(no

torsion)

when

is, when

Bd*y

Cd?z

dx

dy

dz

d?x

d2y

"Pz

d?x

"Py

d3z

0.

for

all

Helix.

The

helix

The
and

be

may

with

is the

circle

the

itself

one

the

between
the

xy

of

screw,
moves

so

to

as

erate
gen-

and

the

r;

makes

curve

of

axis

let

projection

the

'

the

plane

plane; let the

xy

let "p be

and

the

be

with

the

z;

h (

let

screw);

is with

the

cylinder)

(or

of

the

to

cylinder,

generating point rises during

threads

tangent

axis

circle while

velocity

circle

cylinder be the

of the

axis

the

generating circle,that

the

on

the

which

angle

uniform

the

the

between

interval

of

circumference

of
wnich

point

circle,also of the

the

of

around

passage

thread

cylinder.

height through which

the

of

locus

with

moves

radius

the

Let

of

as

right circular

the

velocity in the

uniform

by the

formed

curve

defined

201

GEOMETRY

ANALYTIC

of the

angle

the

radius

vector

Then

plane.

*/
*

tan

1915.

^.

"r.
x

"

"

r
r

y
"p, 11

o.na
cos

en

sin
sin

r
r

en

"py

9.
z

r
r

s=
=

tan
"p tan
en

/v

a,

2irr

and

the

1916.

equations of the helix

of the

the
helix

The

surface

of

XzLi/

straight

radii of curvature

1918.

Pi

(1

tan

if

cylinder be

spread

are

tan2

a)

r"=

Pi

the

First

a)

are

line in that

"

cos2

"

helix

).
tan

f-

cos

"p

the

will* become

the

to

sin

sin (

\r

tangent

_*-

If

written

a)

1917.

the

be

may

) and

x=rcos(

equations

-1

\r tan

The

"

Curvature.

put

on

plane.

plane

"

x
*""""

"*v"p"

'

202

MATHEMATICAL

HANDBOOK

1
"^,^

1919.

tan2

*.

p2"r

sin

tana

the

Second

cos

a'

Curvature.

"

"

?2

Length

1920.

of

an

of

arc

the

curve

\/l
8

"p=*

"

cos

r"p

tan2

a.

TABLES

203

TABLE

205

I.

TABLE

206

I.

TABLE

I.

207

TABLE

I.

208

TABLE

I.

209

TABLE

2X0

I.

TABLE

No.

Square

Cube

Squi

Cube

Bo

I.

Cube

Boot

of

ot

Boot
the

Beolproeal

Square

O.OO

30I

90601

27270901

45

01300

33

303

91809

27543608
27818127

6- 7017593
6. 7091729

91358

91204

3493SI6
3781472
4068952

44

302

6.

45

11231

3300330

304

92416

21151

45

31061

3""6

93636

43559S8
4642492
4928557

45

93025

28094464
28372625
28652616

6.

305

3289474
3278689
3267974

28934443
29218112
29503629
29791000

307

94249

308

94864
9548i

309

3"

96100
96721

312

97344

313

97969
98596

3IO

3M

165700
"395o8

3322259

"258

6.

3I3I55

6.

'38664 1

45

40959

52I4I55

6.

'459967

45

5499288
5783958

6.

'533134

45

50847
60725

6.

606143

45

7059X

3246753
3236246

6068169
635 192 1
6635217

6.

678095

45

80446

3225806

30080231
30371328

6.

751690
'824229

45

90291

3215434

30664297

6918060

6.

30959144

7200451

6.

3257329

46 00126

3205128

'896613
/908844
6.8040921

46 09950
46 19764
46 29566

3194888
3184713
3I746o3

46 39360
46 49142
46 58915

3i64557

3134796

".

315

99225

3i255875

7482393

316

99856
00489

31554496
3i855"i3

3i8

01124

32157432

7763888
8044938
8325545

6. 81

317

319

01

320

02400

321

03041

32461759
32768000
33076161

860571 1
8885438
9164729

6.8327714
6. 8399037
6.8470213

46 68677
46 78428
46 88170

3115265
3105590

761

6.
6.

1 2847
8184620
8256242

3154574

3144654
3125000

322

03684

9443584
9722008

46 97902

04329

33386248
33698267

6.8541240

323

6. 861

47

07623

3095975

324

04976

34012224

0000000

6.

8682855

47

*7335

3086420

325

34328125
34645976
34965783

0277564

6.
6.

0831413

6.

8753443
8823888
8894188

47

0554701

327

05625
06276
06929

328

o7584

107703

6.

8964345

329

08241

35287552
3561 1289

330

08900

35937000

331

09561

332

0224

36264691
36594368
36926037

2208672
2482876

326

2 1 20

27036
36727
47 46409

3076923
3067485
3058104

47

6- 9034359
6. 9104232

47

56081
65743

3048780

13835 7 1
1 65902 1

47

75395

3030303

1934054

6.9173964
6.9243556
6.9313008

47

85037
94670

302

48 04293

3003003

48 13906
48 23510
48 33io4

2994012

69589434
9658198
6.9726826

48 42689
48 52265

2967359

48 61830

2949853

48 71387
48 80934
48 90473

2941

47

47

3039514

1 148
3012048

333

0889

334

1556

37259704

2756669

335

2225

37595375

3030052

6.9382321
6.9451496

336

2896

37933056

3303028

6- 9520533

337

3509

338

4244

4921

3575598
3847763
41 19526

6.

339

38272753
38614472
38958219

340

5600

34i

6281

39304000
3965 182

4390889
4661853

342

6964

40001688

4932420

6.9795321
6. 9863681
6.9931906

343

5202592

7.0000000

49

5472370

7.0067962

49

09519

345

9025

40353607
40707584
41063625

00000

344

7649
8336

5741756

7.oi3579i

49

19029

2906977
2898551

7. 0203490

49

7.0271058
7.0338497

49

28530
38022

2881844

42144192

6010752
6279360
654758i

49

47504

2873563

42508549
42875000

6815417
7082869

7.0405806
7.0472987

49

56978

49

66442

2865330
2857143

346

9716

347

20409

348

2 1

349

21801

350

22500

104

41421736
41781923

211

2985075
2976190

2958580
176

2932551

2923977
2915452

2890173

TABLE

I.

212

TABLE

213

I.

TABLE

I.

2x4

TABLE

I.

215

TABLE

216

I.

TABLE

I.

217

TABLE

I.

218

TABLE

219

I.

TABLE

220

I.

TABLE

I.

221

I.

TABLE

222

f
TABLE

223

I.

TABLE

I.

224

COMMON

LOGARITHMS
OF

NUMBERS

From

100

225

to

999

TABLE

II."

LOGARITHMS

OF

HUMBERS.

table:

it"

logarithms

op

numbers.

TABLE

II."

LOGARITHMS

OF

NUMBERS.

TABLE

II"

LOGARITHMS

OF

NUMBERS.

TABLE

C"

LOGARITHMS

OF

KUMBERS.

TABLE

II. "LOGARITHMS

OF

HUMBERS.

TABLE

II."

LOGARITHMS

OF

LUMBERS.

233

TABLE

n"

LOGARITHMS

OP

NUMBERS.

966
*"53

975
*o62

140

Pt".

Pp.

148

226

234

312

321

398

406

484
569

492

655

663

578
9
I

740

825

0.0

749

1.8

s34!

a-7

3-6

*|a*

6
7

5-4
"

6.3

j 7.

9I8.1

8
1
_

234

0.8

TABLE

n"

LOGARITHMS

OF

NUMBERS.

TABLE

II

"

LOGARITHMS

OF

HTJMBERS.

TABLE

n."

LOGARITHMS

OF

NUMBERS.

TABLE

No-

II."

LOGARITHMS

OF

NUMBERS.

||f)

TABLE

II"

LOGARITHMS

OF

NUMBERS.

TABLE

II.

"

LOGARITHMS

OF

HUMBERS.

TABLE

II."

LOGARITHMS

OF

NUMBERS.

TABLE

II."

LOGARITHMS

OF

240

NUMBERS.

TABLE

II.

"

LOGARITHMS

OF

HTIMBERS.

TABLE

II."

LOGARITHMS

OF

242

NUMBERS.

TABLE

II.

"

LOGARITHMS

243

OF

NUMBERS.

table

binomial

m."
From

u(n"
Cr-

1) (n

"

a)
.

12

("

"

coefficients.

"

r+

to

22

20.

"

1)
",

Also

1X2X3X

"

Cr**C"

"
"

r"

(n-r)

Factorials.
The continued
tonal of n ; and
Some
writers

product of the n factors 1X2X3X4X

it is denoted
by the symbol n !
the symbol [n.
use

244

is called

the

fac-

245

TABLE

IV.

"

NATURAL

LOGARITHMS

246

OF

NUMBERS.

TABLE

IV.

"

NATURAL

LOGARITHMS

247

OF

NUMBERS.

\
TABLE

IV.

"

NATURAL

LOGARITHMS

248

OF

NUMBERS.

TABLE

V.

"

TRIGONOMETRIC

Natural

Values

OR
to

Three

CIRCULAR

Places

of

FUNCTIONS.
Decimals.

240

TABLE

VI.

"

NATURAL

NATURAL

COSINES.
250

SINES.

TABLE

VI.

"

NATURAL

NATURAL

COSINES.
251

SHIES.

TABLE

VII.

NATURAL

"

NATURAL

COTANGENTS.
2^2

TANGENTS.

NATURAL

COTANGENTS,
253

TABLE

VIII.

NATURAL

"

NATURAL

COSECANTS.
254

SECANTS.

TABLE

VIII.

NATURAL

"

NATURAL

COSECANTS.
255

SECANTS.

TABLE

IX.

"

LOGARITHMS

OF

256

TRIGONOMETRIC

FUNCTIONS.

TABLE

IX."

LOGARITHMS

TRIGONOMETRIC

OF

257

FUNCTIONS.

TABLE

IX."

LOGARITHMS

OF

TRIGONOMETRIC

258

FUNCTIONS.

TABLE

IX."

LOGARITHMS

OF

TRIGONOMETRIC

359

FUNCTIONS.

TABLE

X"

ARCS,

ANGLES,
SOLID

SINES,

AND

TANGENTS,

ANGLES.

Solid Angle3- 2ir (1

4")
cos
The
Let a
measure
of a solid angle.
with its centre at the vertex
sphere be drawn
of any
solid angle.
The
spherical surface
intercepted by the faces of the solid angle
of the radius of the
divided
by the square
of the solid angle.
sphere is the measure

The

of the polar cap extending from the

to latitude 00
"f"divided by the
of the radius
of the sphere is the
square
of the solid angle of the cone
whose
measure
base is the circle of latitude,and whose
tex
veris the centre of the sphere.

"

area

pole down

"

96l

"

TABLE

XI.

TABLE

XII.

SEGMENTS

"

THE

If in any

OF

THE

RADIUS

circle r is the length of the radius

and

CIRCLE
IS

OF

WHICH

x.

4" is the number

of

in

degrees

the

central

angle, then
(1) Length

of the

arc,

"

"=-*

vr.

(2) Rise of the

264

arc,

""

"

cos

"

""

sin2

"

"

TABLE

SEGMENTS

XII."

THE

(3) Chord,

c"

sin

OF

THE

RADIUS

(4) Area

"

CIRCLE
IS

ir"fr
r2.

sector

3600

265

WHICH

?(""")

of the segment

(5) Area of the

OF

i.

TABLE

NATURAL

XIIL*."

VALUES

HYPERBOLIC

THE

OF

FUNCTION
Sinh

i \eu

"

from

zz

"

to

"=

5. 09

zz

0.0

0000

0100

0.0200

0.0300

0400

0500

0600

0.1

1002

1 102

o.

o.

1405

0.2

2013

2115

1203
0.2218

0.2320

2423

1506
2526

o.3255

0.3360

3466

3572

4543

1607
2629
3678
4764
5897
7090

o.

8353

o.

97oo
1

1304

0.3

3"4S

3150

0.4

4108

4216 0.4325

05
0.6

5211

5438 o.5552
6485 0.6605 0.6725
7712 o. 7838 o. 7966
o. 9286
9015 0.9150

9423

4653
5782
6967
8223
956i

0409

1.0554

0847

0995

5324

6367
7586

0.7
0.8

8881

0.9

0265

1907

3356

3524

I.3093

1.2

5"95

1.3

6984

5276 1.5460
7182 1. 7381

1.4

9043

9259

1-9477

1.5
1.6

1293

1529

3756
6456

401S

2.1768
2.4276

6740 2.7027

9422
2682

9734

3.0049

3"25

3-3372

6846

8094

1.0700

2063

1752

I.I

1.9

5666

0.

1.0

1.7
1.8

o.4434

144

o.

0701

0801

o.

1708

1810

o.

2733

o.

8484
9840

2837
3892
4986
6131
7336
8615
9981

I.

1294

1446

o.

3785
4875

o.

6014

o.

7213

1.2862

2379

2539

2700

4035

4208

5831
7786

6019

9919

0143

4382 1.4558
6209 1.6400
8198 I 8406
0369 2.0597

2251

2496

2743

454o

4806

5075

7317

7904

0367

7609
0689

3722

4075

4432

5346 2.5620
8202 2.8503
1340 3.1671
3-5156
4792

,2220

3863
5645
7583
9697
2008

7991

1013

2.2993

2.0

6269

7803

8196

8593

3-

4-

7028
1056

74i4

0219

6647
0635

3-

2.1

1480

1909

2342

2779

4- 3221

2.2

457i

5"3"

4-

5494

5962

6434

6912

7394

4-

2.3

937"

2.4

4662

9876 5- 0387
5221 5- 5785

2.5
2.6

0502

1118

6.

6947
4063

7628

6.

8315

4814 7- 5572

2483 5- 3020
8097 5- 8689
6. 4946
4293
7- 1854
1132
8683 7- 9480

1919

2749

8.

0596

15

9- 2437

2-7
2.8
2.9
30

10.018

10.

3-1

11.076

11.

3-2

12.246

33

13-

1 2

119
188

741

3586

10.221
11.

301

0903

1425

i95i

6354
2369

6929

75io

3004

3645

9009

9709

0417

6338

7112

4432

5287

337i

4315

7894
6150
5268

10.

324

10.

429

II.

4i5

11.

53"

12.

620

12.

538
14.965
16.543
18. 285

12.369
i3-674
15.116
16.709
18.470

37

20.211

20.415

20.

620

20.

828

38

22.339

22.564

22.

791

23-

020

39

24.691

24.939

25.190

3-4

35

36

12.494

io-

534

41

5.0

27. 290
30. 162

74. 203

30.

74. 949

75.702

8. 7902

6231

9- 7203

640

14.377

10,
ii,

13
14,

1911
2941
4000

5098
6248
746i
8748
0122

1598

3025

3190

4735

4914

6593
8617
0827

6788
8829

3245

3499

1059

5896

6i75

8806

9112

2005

2341

5523

5894

9398
3666
8372
3562
9288
5607
2583
0285
8791
8185

9806
4117
8868
4109

9892
6274
3319

1098
9689
9177

748 10.856 10. 966

12.
883 12.003
124
137 13.269 13.403
522 14.668 14.816
053 16.214 16.378

I5-893 16
17.567 i7- 744 I7-923 18. 103
19.418 19. 613 19. 81 1 20. 010
21,
21.
679 21.897 22.117
21.463
037 21.249
961
24. 202
23.486
24.445
722
23.
23
23- 252
25. 700 25-958 26.219 26. 483 26. 749 27.018

27.564 27.842 28. 122 28. 404 28. 690

465 30. 772 31.081 3i- 393 31. 709
33-33^ 33- 67i 34.009
42
34- 697 35- 046
34.351
36- 843 37-214 37.588 37.966 38. 347 38. 733
43
4 4 40. 719 41. 129 41.542
41.960 42. 382 42. 808
45
46. 374 46. 840 47. 3ii
45-""3
45-455
45.912
4.6 49- 737 5"- 237 50. 742 51.252 5i- 767 52. 288
54.969 55-522 56. 080 56- 643 57- 213 57- 788
4.8 60.751 61.362 61.979 62.601 63. 231 63. 866
67. 141 67.816 68.498 69.186 69. 882 70. 584
49
4.0

7880

7021

11.647 11.764
747 12.876 13.006

13.812 i3- 95i 14. 092 14. 234

15.268 i5- 422 15. 577 r5-734
16.877 17. 047 i7- 219 17.392
18. 655 18. 843 19. 033 19.224

25- 444

10.

8993

0901

76.463 77.

232

266

78. 008

28.979 29. 270 29.564 29. 862

32.028 32.350 32.675 33.oo4
35-398 35.754 36. 113 36.476
39-913

39.122

39-5I5

43-238
47- 787
52.813
58.369
64.508
7L293

43-^73 44. 112 44-555

48. 267 48. 552 49. 242
53.88o 54.422
53-344
58.955 59-548 60.147
65. 157 65.812 66.473
73.465
72.734
72.010

78. 792

79-

584

80.

40.314

384 81.192

TABLE

Xim.

"

LOGARITHMS

COMMON

OF

FUNCTION
Sinh

n,

from

"

267

to

"

5.09

THE

BOLIC
HYPER-

TABLE

XIVs.-

Coah

"

(e11+ 9-u)

from

n-oto't

TABLE

XIV6.

"

OF

LOGARITHMS

COMMON

FUNCTION
Cosh

n,

from

269

to

zr

"

5. 09

THE

BOLIC
HYPER-

TABLE

XVa.

"

NATURAL

FUNCTION

TABLE

XV"."

from

OF
n

Tanh

from

270

OF
zz

HYPERBOLIC

THE
to

LOGARITHMS

COMMON

FUNCTION

VALUES

Tanh

to

n"

2.39.

THE
n

HYPERBOLIC
=

2.39.

271

CONSTANTS

CONSTANTS.

Common

Numerical

Logarithm

Value

of

Ratio

circumference
of

diameter
of

Area

of

is

radius

the

of

sphere

is

diameter

which

of

circle

to

circle,

which

the

base

0.4971499

the

i.

Base

Exponential

The

3141S92653589793

t=

i,

Surface

of

e=

2.71828

18284

59045

logio"=

M=

O.43429

44819

O3252

2.30258

50929

94046

99956

63981

Natural

0.4342945

Logarithms.

Modulus

of

Common

Logarithms

log#

logio2

o.

log.

O.69314

71805

59945

logio3

O.47712

I2547

I9662

log.

I.

O9861

22886

68l

I.

14472

98858

494OO

29577

95i3o

1.

3437'. 74677

07849

3-5362739

80624

70964

5.3144251

log,

Radius

expressed

in

degrees

in

minutes

in

seconds

10=

of

3
T

30102

57"-

arc

206264".

19943

08882

08666

0.00000

48481

3681

09536

0.00000

48481

3681

07637

0.00000

48481

36811

0.00029

7581226

2.2418774

32925

0.01745

IO

4.

15234

4637261

6.6855749

272

MATHEMATICAL

HANDBOOK

WEIGHTS

AND

MEASURES.

I.

60

seconds

60

24

Time.

(s.)

minute

minutes

hour

hours

mean

Seconds.

Second

(m.),
(h.)"
solar

day

(d.).

Hours.

Minutes.

Day.

60

Minute

60

3600

Hour

86400

Day

H.

24

1440

Arc

or

(*)

minute

Angle.

('),

60

seconds

60

minutes

degree

90

degrees

quadrant,

quadrants

circumference

("),

3600

Correspondence

of Time

rt/~o

1296000*.

Arc.

and

i"=

21600'

m.

i'=4s.
1"=

-faof

one

second

of

time.

WEIGHTS

AND

Long

HI.

inches

12

(in.)

feet

5l yards
i6ifeet
8

into

feet=
1

(ft.),
yard (yd.)

ToaVa')"

in

standard

States

yard=

nautical

9
3
or

square

inches

square

feet

*, ^

"

2723
square
160 square

640

feet

is

States
than

mile

the

(also

Earth's

of

copy

called

long,

the

old

standard

Yards.
a

It

equator.

knot) is the length of

is equal to 6086.07

",
feet

"

acre

square

square

square

=1

rods

=10

rod=

(sq. ft.),
yard (sq. yd.),

rod

acre

square

square

(sq.
rd.),
\
/"
m

(A.),

square

625

foot

square
H

acres

Measure.

(sq.in.)

is

English
yard now

miles.

Square

and

6 feet.

Imperial

Imperial

rods

or

fathom

miles.

IV.

144

furlong (f.)
mile
(m.).

1.000024

geographical, nautical, or
of longitude on
the
land
statute
or
1.
152664
=

sea

League

is 66
by surveyors,
mile.
A
chains
1

80

minute

one

yard of the United

yard, and is slightlylonger
England.

United
A

100

standard

The
standard
used

links.

furlongs

used

Chain,

Gunter's

divided

foot

="

rods

40

Measure*

or

278

MEASURES

chains,
links.

mile

(sq. m.).

274

MATHEMATICAL

HANDBOOK

V.

1728 cubic

Cord

Cord-foot

4' X

Perch

of

feet

4' X

8'=

128

4'X

4'X

i'=

masonry

pint (pt.)

pints

quart

1'=

quarts

gallon (gal.)~

28.

(qt.)

old

cubic

24.75

feet,

875 cubic

57-75

cubic

inches,

cubic

inches.

231

wine

of

gallon

inches,

England,

and

contains

Fah., barometer

620

at

in

England, contains
277. 274
perature
weighed in air at teminches, weighs 10 pounds avoirdupois

inches.

30

water

grains.

70,000

United

feet.

Imperial Gallon, the present standard

An
imperial gallon of distilled

The
cubic

yard (cu. yd.).

inches.

cubic

231

cubic

Measure.

Liquid

is the

(cu. ft.),

feet

Gallon

foot

iJ'X

gills

States

cubic

cubic

16

United

feet.

25 cubic

VI.

The

cubic

i6J'X

usually assumed"

but

Measure.

(cu. jn.)=

inches

27 cubic

Cubic

ditions, weighs

of

Gallon

States

distilled water,

pounds

8.33

avoirdupois,

weighed
(more

or

under

the

same

con-

exactly) 58317.798

grains.

hogshead

A
The
measures

ratio

63 United

contains
of

of the

United

States

VII.

The
in
The

liquid measures
nearly as

Dry

pints

quart (qt.)

*=

quarts

peck (pk.)

pecks

bushel

United

States
and

Bushel

Imperial Bushel,
2218.

192

the

cubic

(bu.)

is the

it contains

to

5 to

Imperial

cubic

inches,

537.6

cubic

inches,

cubic

inches.

2150.

42

cubic

present standard
inches.

the

liquid

6.

67. 2

42

Winchester

2150.

52$ Imperial gallons.

Measure.

England;

gallons"

gallons, or

is very

name

same

States

Bushel,

formerly

the

ard
stand-

inches.

in

England,

contains

rial
Impe-

WEIGHTS

Imperial Gallon

U.

Gallon

S.

Imperial

U.

231.000

-"

2218.

Bushel"

Bushel

S.

277. 274

192

2150.420

"

Vm.

States

United

and

English

of

Comparison

275

MSASURB8

AND

cubic

inches"

Units

cubic

inches

="

inches

cubic

inches

U.

2003

1.

cubic

of

Capacity.

S. Gallons.

0.8331

Imperial

1.0315

U.

0.9695

Imperial Bushels.

Gallon.

S. Bushels.

Weights.

Avoirdupois

Grains.

16

drachms

16

ounces

(dr.)

4 quarters

hundred

20

The

Ton

Long

weight
Gross

or

pounds,

112

ounce

pound (lb.)

25 pounds

quarter

"=

hundred

ton.

contains

Ton

and

the

(02.)

quarter

437.5,

7000,

(qr.),
weight (cwt.),

pounds,
2240
28 pounds.

""

making

the

weight
hundred-

contains
pound, which
grains. One
7000
in
air
620
at
weighed
Fah.,
temperature
Therefore
barometer
dupois
avoirat
inches,
one
weighs
252.458
grains.
30
of disinches
cubic
tilled
as
pound of matter
weighs the same
27. 7274
stated.
water
weighed under the conditions above
The

unit

principal

cubic

of

inch

distilled

of

Weight

barometer

the

water

foot

cubic

tilled water,

Roughly,

is

of

temperature

}
"

in.

30

foot

cubic

of water

weighs

Troy

"24

grains (gr.)

20

12

The

(ingrains,
in

ounces,

1000

pennyweight

pennyweights

ounce

ounces

pound

Pound

"

137

62.321

62} pounds.

or

(dwt.),

(oz.),
(lb.).

5760 grains.

Apothecaries' Weights.

grains (gr.)

scruple O),

scruples

drachm

drachms

ounce

Apothecaries*

997.

Weights.
1

X.

20

oz.

Troy

436247.424

avoir.,
(in lb. avoir.,

"

IX.

The

dis-

620,

"

is identical

ounce

(3),
(5)-

with

Troy

the

ounce,

contains

each

480 grains.
The
brass
copy

actual

standard

deposited in
of the

United

the

of

weight

United

English standard,

States

Standard

in

States
but

Troy

the

United
It

Mint.

has

Pound"

been

States

found

is

intended

was

to

Troy
to

pound

be

an

of

exact

be slightlyless heavy.

0.99999986 Imperial Troy

Pound.

276

MATHEMATICAL

HANDBOOK

SYSTEM.

METRIC

"

XI.

Measure.

Long

Principal unit}
Myriameter

Kilometer

Hectometer

"=

Dekameter

i
i

(km.)

i,ooom

"

io"

Decimeter

im
o"1.

om.

Square

Hectare

i
i
i

Cubic

HectoKter

Dekaliter

Liter

i,ooo,ooon"
10,000m*
room*

Stere

(".W

i"*

on*1. 01

o"*1. oooi

o"n*. oooooi

of

volume

unit, the

or

Liter,

Meter

Cubk

(daU

i
t

MilHSter=

Cubic

Prirvirvju
i

Decimeter

M:*.l"rr=

"

(X*=i

Microliter

Milometer

capacity.

/-

(hi.)

Cubic
vO"
"
Deciliter
v"iD
Centiliter
v"-^

a.

Measure.

measures

Principal
KUotiter-

Are,

=*

Including all

the

Kilometer

Xm.

ooi

Measure.

Square

(km.*)
Are
(ha.)= ioo
Are
(a.)
Centare"
Meter
i Square
(dm.1)
Square decimeter
(cm.*)
Square centimeter
(mm.,)=
Square millimeter

om.oi

Principal unit,

ioom

(m.)
(dm.)
Centimeter
(cm.)"
Millimeter
(mm.)
Meter

XII.

m.

=io,ooom

Meter,

the

Cubic

Centimeter

vmnrM

urits.
i

ihe

*"

foam,

Tcctxm;:"

"
i

xad

Metric

:be

Kilogram,

Tcc=

ircc*c

*".

277

GRAVITATION

of Congress,

Act

By

Meter

Kilogram*

2.

Liter

1.0567 quarts, liquid

39. 37

"

inches.

pounds avoirdupois,

2046

0.908
i

Gram

iS-4322

Liter

61

of

force

The

falling body
place,

but

latitude
at

sea

the

and

with

level

range

of

place

the

is the

place

to

32.088

g=

by

above

the
feet

at

/ is the

The

(1+

sin* /

005302

o.

of g

value

o.

"

the Equator

at

computed

of

values

gravity

the

by

mean

Equator
has

to

one

the

values

32.258

g=

at

computed

been

by

000007

9.

sin* 2/),

78046

32.08807

meters

feet,

g0 is the
radius

value
of

of

the

Computed

Earth

at

sea

level

may

be

corrected

for

tude,
alti-

formula

the

the
which

any
with

earth

computed

Its

freely

latitude.

approximately,

wherein

level.

the

gravity Formula,

and

of

to

for

is constant

surface

sea

below,

table

the

force

the

on

velocity imparted

the

by
This

time.

elevation

from

Helmert's

g"

wherein

from

shown

as

is measured
of

inches.

cubic

of Gravitation.

Force

second

one

varies

Poles,

means

gravitation

in

measure.

grains.

023

The

quarts, dry

measure

"0(1I-32-j,

at

sea

Values

level, k is the

20,886,852

altitude

of

feet.

of Gravity

at

Sea

Level,

the

place, and

278

HANDBOOK

MATHEMATICAL

Observed

Observed
taken

from

for

the

and

1894

of

values

for

of

Report

United

feet,

Gravity.

important

some

the

into

changed

of

Values

in

the

United

the

and

Coast

States

given

are

in

places

SI

Geodetic

Si

table.

following

Place.

Boston.
.

Philadelphia
Washington
Cleveland
.

Cincinnati
.

Chicago

Louis.

St.

At

The

At

Paris,

At

Berlin,

of

value

ties, printed
other
made

by
the

are

value
the

of

France,

the

next

the

basis,

pi

the

numbers

differences

in

They

g.

the

corresponding

values

of

expressed

relation

by

of
the

gravity

28'

38^

latitude

48

50

52

30

17

the

basis

32.

If

16.

alterations

of

in

of

in
the

due

the

the

"=32.

of

the

r2=

length

to

0.01

Velodany

use

easily

can

be

numbers

These

of

change

Seconds

foot

fractional

in

part

the

of

to

the

Pendulum.

length

of

the

seconds

equation

p=

of

desirable

Agv.

as

1937

Table

the

values

order

same

g=

32.1843

be

column

to

32.

of

it

1908

g=

v.

/"r2=
wherein

as

given

value

The

The

the

decimals

are

510

taken

is

page

as

means

been

has

latitude

latitude

Germany,

which

on

of

value

England,

Greenwich,

of

9.8696044,

g,

pendulum
log10

beating
*"*=

seconds,

0.9942997.

pendulum

is

VELOCITY,

v,
BODY

IK

FEET
FALLING

PER

ACQUIRED

SECOND,
THROUGH

BY

FEET.

79